Sunteți pe pagina 1din 457

Naval Education and Training Command

NAVEDTRA 43355-F September 2008

PERSONNEL QUALIFICATION STANDARD


INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS (COMMON)
NAME (Rate/Rank)______________________________
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT B: Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies only due to administrative/operational use on 1 September 2008. Other requests for this document must be referred to the Commanding Officer, Center for Information Dominance, N325, 640 Roberts Ave, Pensacola, Florida 32511. DESTRUCTION NOTICE: Destroy by any means that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.
Unclassified technical documents bearing this distribution statement will be given the same physical protection prescribed in DoD Web Site Administration Policies and Procedures for "For Official Use Only" material.

1 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

Although the words he, him, and his are used sparingly in this manual to enhance communication, they are not intended to be gender driven nor to affront or discriminate against anyone reading this material.

2 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7 INTRODUCTION ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9 SUMMARY OF CHANGES----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------13 WATCHSTATION REQUALIFICATIONS----------------------------------------------------------------------17 ACRONYMS ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------19 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 INTRODUCTION TO FUNDAMENTALS-------------------------------------------------------------21 Safety Precautions-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------23 Security -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------27 Power Distribution------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------31 Publications--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------33 Logs and Files ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------35 Media ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------37 Message Text Format/Handling ------------------------------------------------------------------------39 Minimize ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------43 Broadcast ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------45 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 ----------------------47 Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II) ----------------------53 Antenna and Radio Wave Propagation---------------------------------------------------------------59 Voice Operations -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------63 Basic Circuits------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------65 Common Circuits -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------67 Distress Circuits --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------69 Portable Communications Equipment ----------------------------------------------------------------71 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) --------------------------73 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) (AN/USC - 38)--------------------------------------------------75 Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM)-------------------------77 Emissions Control (EMCON)----------------------------------------------------------------------------79 Operations Orders (OPORD) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------81 Hardware and Software ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------83 Networking ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------85 Defense Messaging System (DMS) -------------------------------------------------------------------89 Naval Tactical Command Support Systems (NTCSS)--------------------------------------------95 Combined Enterprise Regional Information Exchange System (CENTRIXS) --------------97 Collaboration At Sea (CAS) --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 101 Global Command and Control System Maritime (GCCS-M)-------------------------------- 103 Network Operations Center (NOC) ------------------------------------------------------------------ 107 Communications Watch Officer (CWO) ------------------------------------------------------------ 109

3 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307

INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS--------------------------------------------------------------------- 111 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 -------------------- 113 Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II) -------------------- 119 SA-2112(V)/STQ Single Audio System (SAS) (Red)-------------------------------------------- 123 SA-2112A(V)/STQ Single Audio System (SAS) (Black)---------------------------------------- 127 Automated Network Control Center (ANCC) ------------------------------------------------------ 131 AN/USQ-155 (V)1 Tactical Variant Switch (TVS) ------------------------------------------------ 135 Fleet Single-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type M) ---------------------------- 139 Fleet Multi-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type N)------------------------------- 143 High Frequency (HF) Radio Teletypewriter Ship/Shore/Ship (Type D/G) ----------------- 147 Battle Force Email (BFEM) ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 151 High Frequency (HF) Non-secure Voice (Type Y) ----------------------------------------------- 153 High Frequency (HF) Secure Voice (Type S) ----------------------------------------------------- 157 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Radio Teletypewriter (Type B/C) ------------------------------- 161 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Non-secure Voice (Type U) ------------------------------------- 165 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Secure Voice (Type R) ------------------------------------------- 169 Satellite Information Exchange Subsystem (IXS) ------------------------------------------------ 173 Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS)------------------------- 175 AN/USC-38 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM)- 177 Advanced Digital Multiplexing System (ADMS) ST-1000 -------------------------------------- 179 Link/2+ ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 183 AN/WSC-6 Defense Satellite Communications System Set ---------------------------------- 187 AN/WSC-8 Commercial Wideband Satellite Program ------------------------------------------ 191 AN/USR-10(v) Global Broadcast System (GBS) ------------------------------------------------- 195 Shipboard Communications Quality Monitoring -------------------------------------------------- 199 Networking ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 205 Integrated Shipboard Networking System (ISNS) ----------------------------------------------- 207 Naval Tactical Command Support Systems (NTCSS)------------------------------------------ 211 Global Command and Control System Maritime (GCCS-M)-------------------------------- 213 Combined Enterprise Regional Information Exchange System (CENTRIXS) ------------ 217 Defense Messaging Dissemination System (DMDS) ------------------------------------------- 219 Collaboration At Sea (CAS) --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 221

INTRODUCTION TO WATCHSTATIONS --------------------------------------------------------- 223 Publications Clerk ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 225 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 Operator ------- 233 Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II) Operator-------- 251 Communications Security (COMSEC) Equipment Operator ---------------------------------- 265 Message Processing Center Supervisor ----------------------------------------------------------- 283 Tactical Transmitter/Receiver/Transceiver Operator-------------------------------------------- 295 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 307 308 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 321 309 Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 331 310 Transmission System Technician (TST) Supervisor -------------------------------------------- 341 4 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318

Media Clerk ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 355 Helpdesk Technician ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 363 Helpdesk Supervisor ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 381 Defense Messaging System (DMS) Operator ---------------------------------------------------- 391 Network Operator ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 405 Network Administrator ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 415 Information Watch Supervisor ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 431 Communications Watch Officer (CWO) ------------------------------------------------------------ 439

QUALIFICATION PROGRESS SUMMARY----------------------------------------------------------------- 447 LIST OF REFERENCES ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 451

5 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The PQS Development Group gratefully acknowledges the assistance of the following personnel in writing this PQS: CWO4 ITCS(SW/AW) ITCS(SW/AW) ITC(SW) ITC(SW) ITC(SW) ITC(SW) ITC(SW) ITC(SW/AW) ITC(SW/AW) IT1(SW/AW) IT1(SW/AW) IT1(SW/AW) IT1(SW/AW) IT1(SW/AW) IT2(SW) IT2(SW) IT2(SW) IT2(SW/AW) IT2(SW) IT2(SWAW) IT2(SW/AW) IT2(SW) Todd Crawley Brenda J. Kendrick Sonya L. Rivera George R. Belinsky Bobby Caballero Brice M. Gibson Kathryn Hall Emanuel J. Hill Regina Jones Curtis L. Sumner Kasey A. Brehme Randall L. Crabtree Tuladus L. Hennings Reginal JeanBaptiste Michael R. Ochoa Gayln W. Adams Abdulnoor Beyah Richard Brasuell Pamela Cacayuran Eric A. Mattice Gayon Stacey Smith Matthew S. Struck Alejandro Torres USS NEW ORLEANS CENINFODOM, Pensacola, FL NCTAMS LANT, Hampton Roads, VA NCTAMS LANT, Hampton Roads, VA NCTAMS LANT, Hampton Roads, VA USS ENTERPRISE (CVN 65) NCTAMS LANT, Norfolk, VA NCTAMS LANT, Norfolk, VA CENINFODOM, Pensacola, FL CENINFODOM, Norfolk, VA USS STENNIS (CVN 74) USS EISENHOWER (CVN 69) NCTAMS LANT, Hampton Roads, VA USS ENTERPRISE (CVN 65) COMTHIRDFLT USS EISENHOWER (CVN 69) NCTS, San Diego, CA NCTAMS LANT, Norfolk, VA NCTS, San Diego, CA USS EISENHOWER (CVN 69) USS REAGAN (CVN 76) USS ENTERPRISE (CVN 65) NCTAMS LANT, Norfolk, VA

PQS Development Group personnel who provided direct support for this PQS. Mrs. Laurie Luke Production Officer

The PQS Development Group recognizes the following commands for the time and effort put forth reviewing and providing feedback to improve this PQS: Naval Computer and Telecommunications Area Master Station Atlantic Norfolk, VA

7 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

The Model Manager for this PQS: CENINFODOM, Pensacola, FL DSN 922-6069

8 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

INTRODUCTION PQS PROGRAM


This PQS program is a qualification system for officers and enlisted personnel where certification of a minimum level of competency is required prior to qualifying to perform specific duties. A PQS is a compilation of the minimum knowledge and skills that an individual must demonstrate in order to qualify to stand watches or perform other specific routine duties necessary for the safety, security or proper operation of a ship, aircraft or support system. The objective of PQS is to standardize and facilitate these qualifications.

CANCELLATION
This Standard cancels and supersedes NAVEDTRA 43355-E.

APPLICABILITY
This PQS is applicable to all information systems and telecommunications units, afloat and ashore.

MODEL MANAGER
The Model Manager Command manages a specific PQS manual. This includes overseeing the process of monitoring and updating assigned PQS manuals from the standpoint of technical content and relevance within the community.

TAILORING
To command tailor this package, first have it reviewed by one or more of your most qualified individuals. Delete any portions covering systems and equipment not installed on your ship, aircraft or unit. Next, add any line items, fundamentals, systems and watchstations/workstations that are unique to your command but not already covered in this package. Finally, the package should be reviewed by the cognizant department head and required changes approved by the Commanding Officer or his designated representative. Retain the approved master copy on file for use in tailoring individual packages.

9 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

INTRODUCTION (CONTD) QUALIFIER


The PQS Qualifier is designated in writing by the Commanding Officer to sign off individual watchstations. Qualifiers will normally be E-5 or above and, as a minimum, must have completed the PQS they are authorized to sign off. The names of designated Qualifiers should be made known to all members of the unit or department. The means of maintaining this listing is at the discretion of individual commands. For more information on the duties and responsibilities of PQS Qualifiers, see the PQS Unit Coordinators Guide.

CONTENTS
PQS is divided into three sections. The 100 Section (Fundamentals) contains the fundamental knowledge from technical manuals and other texts necessary to satisfactorily understand the watchstation/workstation duties. The 200 Section (Systems) is designed to acquaint you with the systems you will be required to operate at your watchstation/workstation. The 300 Section (Watchstations) lists the tasks you will be required to satisfactorily perform in order to achieve final PQS qualification for a particular watchstation/workstation. All three sections may not apply to this PQS, but where applicable, detailed explanations are provided at the front of each section.

REFERENCES
The references used during the writing of this PQS package were the latest available to the workshop; however, the most current references available should be used when qualifying with this Standard.

NOTES
Classified references may be used in the development of PQS. If such references are used, handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

10 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

INTRODUCTION (CONTD) TRAINEE


Your supervisor will tell you which watchstations/workstations you are to complete and in what order. Before getting started, turn to the 300 Section first and find your watchstation/workstation. This will tell you what you should do before starting your watchstation/workstation tasks. You may be required to complete another PQS, a school, or other watchstations/workstations within this package. It will also tell you which fundamentals and/or systems from this package you must complete prior to qualification at your watchstation/workstation. If you have any questions or are unable to locate references, contact your supervisor or qualifier. Good luck!

PQS FEEDBACK REPORTS


This PQS was developed using information available at the time of writing. When equipment and requirements change, the PQS needs to be revised. The only way the PQS Development Group knows of these changes is by you, the user, telling us either in a letter or via the Feedback Report contained in the back of this book. You can tell us of new systems and requirements, or of errors you find.

11 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

SUMMARY OF CHANGES CHANGES TO FUNDAMENTALS, SYSTEMS, AND WATCHSTATIONS:


Fundamental Title Security Message Text Format/Handling Voice Operations Call Signs Special Circuit Distress Communications Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Demand Assigned Multiple Access (DAMA)/Time division Multiple Access (TDMA) Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Circuits Micro Computer Hardware and Software AIS Networking CENTRIXS DMS NTCSS NOC CWO Action Modified Modified Added Deleted Modified Modified Deleted Added Comment Updated

Added to Voice Operations Changed name to Common Circuits Changed name to Distress Circuits

Deleted

Added to UHF SATCOM

Modified

Modified Deleted Added Deleted Added Added Added Added Added Modified

Changed to Basic Circuits Added to Hardware and Software Added to Networking and Hardware and Software

13 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

SUMMARY OF CHANGES (CONTD)


System Title NOW Terminal Set Automated Digital Network System (ADNS) All Antenna Coupler Groups Switch Boards Direct Current Patch Panel SA-2112A(V) /STQ Single Audio System (SAS) Black Transmitters (all) Receivers (all) Transceivers (all) FCC-100 Multiplexer Converters (all) Amplifiers (all) Crypto Equipment SSR-1 Satellite Signal Receiving Set AN/WSC-6 Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Set Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Teletypewriters HF Teletypewriters Action Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Modified Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Deleted Modified Comment Added to all data systems Has own PQS Added to multiple systems Added to multiple systems Obsolete Added HFRG system Added to multiple systems Added to multiple systems Added to multiple systems Added to SHF system Added to multiple systems Added to multiple systems Added to COMSEC Equipment Operator Added to Broadcast Systems Name changed to DSCS and updated Name changed to UHF Radio Teletypewriter (Type B/C) Combined single and duplex Name changed to HF Radio Teletypewriter (Type D/G) Combined single and duplex Added High Speed Fleet Broadcast Name changed to Shipboard Communications Quality Monitoring System Added multiple subsystems

Modified

Modified

Fleet Multichannel Broadcast SSQ-88 Shipboard Communications Quality Monitoring USC-38 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) High Speed Fleet Broadcast CQM-248 Comquest Digital Satellite Modem Demand Assigned Multiple Access (DAMA) Automated Network Control Center (ANCC)

Modified Modified

Modified

Deleted Deleted Deleted Added

Added to Fleet Multichannel Broadcast Added to multiple SATCOM systems Added to UHF SATCOM

14 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

SUMMARY OF CHANGES (CONTD)


AN/USQ-155(V)1 Tactical Variant Switch (TVS) AN/WSC-8 Commercial Wideband Satellite Program (CWSP) AN/USR-10(V) Global Broadcast System (GBS) ST-1000 Link/2+ Local Area Network (LAN) ISNS Networking Combined Enterprise Regional Information Exchange System (CENTRIXS) Collaboration at Sea (CAS) Defense Messaging Dissemination System (DMDS) Global Control and Command System - Maritime (GCCS-M) AN/USQ 119A Added Added Added Added Added Deleted Added Added Added

Added to ISNS and Networking

Added Added Added Modified Changed name to Naval Tactical Command Support Systems (NTCSS) Comment Added and removed equipment Added to multiple SATCOM watchstations Divided into UHF, EHF, and SHF watchstations

Watchstation Title COMSEC Equipment Operator Fleet Broadcast Operator Satellite Communications (SATCOM) System Operator Tactical Transmitter/Receiver/ Transceiver Operator Voice System Operator Terminations System Operator Information Watch Supervisor

Action Modified Deleted Deleted Modified Deleted Modified Modified

Moved to fundamentals Original section changed name to Message Processing Supervisor New section added for Information Systems

Transmission System Technician (TST) Supervisor Media Clerk AIS Operator Helpdesk Technician

Modified Modified Deleted Added

Added to Helpdesk Technician and Network Operator

15 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

SUMMARY OF CHANGES (CONTD)


Helpdesk Supervisor Defense Messaging System (DMS) Operator Network Operator Network Administrator CWO Added Added Added Modified Modified

16 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

WATCHSTATION REQUALIFICATIONS WATCHSTATION REQUALIFICATIONS


Due to changes in policies, systems, or procedures, personnel dealing with the subject matter of this PQS may be required to requalify IAW NAVEDTRA 43100.1, PQS Unit Coordinators Guide. The following watchstations regardless of qualifications achieved in previous versions, and/or other platforms/commands shall be completed. 305 306 307 308 309 311 316 317 318 Message Processing Center (MPC) Supervisor Tactical Transmitter/Receiver/Transceiver Operator UHF Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Operator EHF Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Operator SHF Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Operator Transmission System Technician (TST) Supervisor Network Administrator Information Watch Supervisor Communications Watch Officer (CWO)

17 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

ACRONYMS USED IN THIS PQS


Not all acronyms or abbreviations used in this PQS are defined here. The Subject Matter Experts from the Fleet who wrote this Standard determined the following acronyms or abbreviations may not be commonly known throughout their community and should be defined to avoid confusion. If there is a question concerning an acronym or abbreviation not spelled out on this page nor anywhere else in the Standard, use the references listed on the line item containing the acronym or abbreviation in question. ABT AGC ASR BFO BIT CCOW CEWN CIA CIB COMMPLAN COMSEC COMSPOT CPS CSS DCMA DUSC DWTS EAM EAP EMI FMX FRR FSM HFRG INMARSAT ITP LIMDIS LPI LRI LSB Automatic Bus Transfer Automatic Gain Control Automatic Send Receive Beat Frequency Oscillator Built-In Test Channel Control Order Wire Command Early Warning Net Communications Information Advisory Communications Information Bulletin Communications Plan Communications Security Communications Spot Report Cycles Per Second Command Switching System Distributed Control Mode Alternate Directory Update and Service Center Digital Wideband Transmission System Emergency Action Messages Emergency Action Plan Electromagnetic Interference Fleet Message Exchange Fast Reaction Response Fleet SIPRNET Messaging High Frequency Radio Group International Maritime Satellite Information Transmission Protocol Limited Distribution Low Probability of Intercept Limited Range of Intercept Lower-Sideband

19 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

ACRONYMS USED IN THIS PQS (CONTD)


MBT MCPP MMT MPC MSL NES NOW NWPL OPORD OPTASK OTAR OTAT PC PPL RADAY RAPP RESDAT RRI SCI SDD SIU SMS SPECAT SRCS STANAG STS STU SVPA TSS VIXS VMEC VSWR Manual Bus Transfer Multichannel Patch Panel Mail Message Terminal Media Processing Center Master Station Log Net Encrypted System Navy Order Wire Naval Warfare Publications Library Operations Orders Operational Task Over the Air Rekey Over the Air Transmission Personal Computer Preferred Products List Radio Day Receive Antenna Patch Panel Restricted Data Remote Request Interface Sensitive Compartmented Information Secure Data Device SINCGARS Interface Unit Single Messaging Solution System Special Category Secure Remote Control Set Standing NATO Agreement Secure Telephone System Secure Telephone Unit Secure Voice Phone Assembly Tactical Switching System Video Information Exchange System Versa Module Eurocard Chassis Voltage Standing Wave Ratio

20 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

100 100.1

INTRODUCTION TO FUNDAMENTALS INTRODUCTION


This PQS begins with a Fundamentals section covering the basic knowledge and principles needed to understand the equipment or duties to be studied. Normally, you would have acquired the knowledge required in the Fundamentals section during the school phase of your training. If you have not been to school or if you need a refresher, the references listed at the beginning of each fundamental will aid you in a self-study program. All references cited for study are selected according to their credibility and availability.

100.2

HOW TO COMPLETE
The fundamentals you will have to complete are listed in the watchstation (300 section) for each watchstation. You should complete all required fundamentals before starting the systems and watchstation portions of this PQS, since knowledge gained from fundamentals will aid you in understanding the systems and your watchstation tasks. When you feel you have a complete understanding of one fundamental or more, contact your Qualifier. If you are attempting initial qualification, your Qualifier will expect you to satisfactorily answer all line items in the fundamentals. If you are requalifying or have completed the appropriate schools, your Qualifier may require you to answer representative line items to determine if you have retained the necessary knowledge for your watchstation. If your command requires an oral board or written examination for final qualification, you may be asked any questions from the fundamentals required for your watchstation.

21 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

101 101 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] [c] 101.1 OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual OPNAVINST 3500.39B, Operational Risk Management (ORM) Explain how various levels of current can affect the body. [ref. a, vol. II, ch. C9; ref. b, ch. 20] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Explain how variations in environmental conditions affect the body's resistance to electrical current. [ref. a, vol. II, ch. D5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Explain how electrical shock can be prevented when working on an energized circuit. [ref. a, vol. II, ch. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Explain how insulating material is used to protect personnel. [ref. a, vol. II, chs. D5, D7; ref. b, ch. 5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Describe the proper procedures to be observed when using test equipment on energized circuits. [ref. a, vol. I, ch. B7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

23 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

101
101.6

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Describe the proper procedures to be followed prior to working on electrical machinery or equipment. [ref. a, vol. II, ch. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.7

Explain how a shorting probe is used to discharge electrical components. [ref. a, vol. II, ch. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.8

Explain the use of interlocks installed in/on electrical equipment. [ref. a, vol. II, ch. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.9

Explain the purpose and use of tag-out procedures. [ref. a, vol. I, chs. B7, B11, vol. II, chs. C22, D5; ref. b, ch. 24] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.10

Describe the procedure for replacing fuses by using fuse pullers. [ref. a, vol. I, ch. B11, vol. II, ch. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.11

Describe the safety precautions applicable to portable electrical equipment. [ref. a, vol. I, ch. B7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.12

Discuss the potential dangers of open electrical circuits in adverse environmental conditions. [ref. a, vol. I, ch. A6] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

24 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

101
101.13

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Explain the procedures to be followed when fighting an electrical fire. [ref. a, vol. II, ch. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.14

Name the agents used to fight electrical fires, explaining the proper application of each. [ref. a, vol. II, ch. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.15

Explain the desirable characteristics of a good cleaning agent for electrical equipment. [ref. a, vol. I, ch. B12] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.16

Describe the hazards that can be encountered with cleaning agents in adverse environmental conditions. [ref. a, vol. I, ch. B12, vol. II, ch. C20] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.17

Describe the hazards associated with lithium batteries. [ref. a, vol. II, ch. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.18

Describe the procedures for handling, stowing, and disposing of lithium batteries. [ref. a, vol. II, ch. C9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.19

Discuss procedures for personnel working aloft. [ref. a, vol. II, chs. C8, C18, D4] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

25 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

101
101.20

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


State the procedures for removing a victim from an energized circuit. [ref. a, vol. II, chs. C9, D5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.21

State the first aid procedures for electrical shock. [ref. a, vol. II, chs. C9, D5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.22

Discuss the concept of ORM. [ref. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.23

Explain the following as they apply to ORM: [ref. c] a. b. c. d. e. Identifying hazards Assessing hazards Making risk decisions Implementing controls Supervising

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

26 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

102 102 SECURITY FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] [h] [i] 102.1 NAVEDTRA 14222, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 1-Administration and Security NWP 6-01 (Rev. A), Basic Operational Communications Doctrine Local Security Instructions SECNAVINST 5510.30A, Department of the Navy (DON) Personnel Security Program (PSP) Instruction SECNAVINST 5510.36, Department of the Navy (DON) Information Security Program (ISP) Instruction EKMS 1A Phase 4, CMS Policy and Procedures for Navy Electronic Key Management System Tiers 2&3 NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications SECNAVINST M5239.1, Department of the Navy Information Assurance Program, Information Assurance Manual Department of the Navy Information Assurance Publication Module 5239-26 Discuss the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. Security area [ref. a, ch. 5] Security clearance [ref. d, ch. 8] Need to know [ref. d, ch. 9] Access [ref. d, ch. 9] AIS security [ref. a, ch. 4] Classification [ref. d, ch. 9] Classified information [ref. a, ch. 4] Compromise [ref. d, Annex A] Classification Marking [ref. a, ch. 5; ref. e, ch. 6] Downgrading/declassification procedures [ref. e, ch. 4] COMSEC/EKMS [ref. f, ch. 1] Two-person integrity [ref. a, ch. 3] Malicious code protection [ref. h, ch. 4] Spillage incident reporting [ref. i, app. c]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Discuss the roles and responsibilities of the following: [ref. h, ch. 2] a. b. c. d. CO/OIC Information Assurance Manager Information Assurance Officer SSO

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 27 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

102
102.3

SECURITY FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Discuss the following warning notices and the handling requirements for each: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. Formerly restricted data [ref. a, ch. 5] NOFORN [ref. a, ch. 5] EFTO [ref. a, ch. 5] FOUO [ref. a, ch. 5] Personal for [ref. b, ch. 8] Exclusive for [ref. b, ch. 8] SPECAT [ref. g, ch.3] LIMDIS [ref. g, ch. 3] CRITIC [ref. g, ch. 3]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Discuss storage requirements in terms of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. Standards for storage equipment [ref. e, ch. 10] Storing classified material (national and NATO) [ref. a, ch. 5] Designations and combinations [ref. a, ch. 5] Care during working hours [ref. a, ch. 5] Care after working hours [ref. a, ch. 5] Emergency planning [ref. a, ch. 5]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Define the following security areas: [ref. a, ch. 5] a. b. c. d. Exclusion Limited Controlled Restricted

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 State the responsibility of the person who discovers a compromise or a suspected compromise. [ref. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 28 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

102
102.7

SECURITY FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


State the accountability requirements for Top Secret and SPECAT. [ref. a, ch. 5; ref. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.8

State the rules for the following as applied to classified material: [ref. a, ch. 5] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Method of destruction Records of destruction Classified waste Emergency destruction Priority of emergency destruction Method of emergency destruction Destruction of burn bags

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 State the destruction rules of COMSEC material as applied to the following: [ref. a, ch. 3] a. b. c. d. e. f. Methods of routine destruction Records of destruction Emergency destruction Priority of emergency destruction Method of emergency destruction Reports of emergency destruction

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 State the requirements of the command EAP in regard to the following: [ref. c] a. b. c. Authority to carry out the EAP Personnel actions and responsibilities Follow up procedures and reports to higher authority

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

29 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

103 103 POWER DISTRIBUTION FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] [c] 103.1 Ship's Electronic Casualty Plan Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Discuss the power distribution panels associated with your communications spaces. [refs. a thru c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Discuss the following: [refs. a thru c] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. ABT MBT 400 Hz power 60 Hz power Circuit breakers UPS Emergency cutout switch`

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

31 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

104 104 PUBLICATIONS FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications, Ch. 1 NAVEDTRA 14222, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 1-Administration and Security, Ch. 2 Discuss the following as applied to the NWPL: [refs. a, b] a. b. c. d. e. f. Accountability Changes and corrections Identification and procurement Page checks Watch to watch inventory Color codes

104.1

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

33 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

105 105 LOGS AND FILES FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications NAVEDTRA 14222, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 1-Administration and Security Describe and identify the following logs and files: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. Broadcast file [ref. a, ch. 4] General message file [ref. a, ch. 4] Broadcast check off log [ref. a, ch. 4] Circuit logs [ref. a, ch. 4] Watch-to-watch inventory [ref. a, ch. 5] Visitor's log [ref. a, ch. 4] Communications Center file [ref. a, ch. 4] Radio Station file [ref. a, ch. 4] Outgoing log [ref. b, ch. 4] Historical file [ref. b, ch. 2] Central message log (dupe log) [ref. b, ch. 2] Tracer/Service file [ref. a, ch. 10] Trouble Report log [ref. b, ch. 2] Status board [ref. a, ch. 6] Supervisor's log (MSL) [ref. a, ch. 4] Communications Information Bulletin file [ref. a, ch. 6]

105.1

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Discuss security requirements and retention periods of logs and files. [ref. a, ch. 4; ref. b, ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

35 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

106 106 MEDIA FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications NAVEDTRA 14222, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 1-Administration and Security NAVEDTRA 14223, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 2-Computer Systems SECNAVINST 5510.36, Department of the Navy (DON) Information Security Program (ISP) Instruction NTP 3 (K), Naval Telecommunications Users Manual NAVEDTRA 14194, Navy Electricity and Electronics Training Series Module 22-Introduction to Digital Computers

Discuss the following as applied to message distribution: [ref. a] a. b. c. Advance copy routing Internal routing Routing

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Discuss the special requirements for handling the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. Top Secret [ref. a] Secret [ref. a] SPECAT [ref. a; ref. c, ch. 5] LIMDIS [ref. a; ref. c, ch. 4] Personal For [ref. a; ref. c, ch. 5] AMCROSS [ref. a; ref. b, ch. 3] Multipage/section messages [ref. a] General messages [ref. a] CIB/CIA [refs. a, b] Restricted data [ref. a; ref. c, chs. 2, 5] NOFORN [ref. a; ref. e, ch. 6] NATO [ref. b, ch. 5]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

37 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

106
106.3

MEDIA FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Discuss the following procedures as they apply to message distribution on magnetic media: a. b. c. d. Delivery of message on diskette [ref. a] Courier authorization [ref. e, ch. 9] Care of magnetic media [ref. d, ch. 2] Security markings and handling of diskettes [ref. c, ch. 5]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Discuss and define the following terms: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Magnetic storage media [ref. d, ch. 2] Off site disaster files [ref. d, ch. 2] BPI [ref. g, ch. 2] Bytes [ref. d, ch. 1] ASCII [ref. g, ch. 4] EBCDIC [ref. g, ch. 3] Catalog [ref. d, ch. 3]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

38 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

107 107 MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT/HANDLING FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] [h] 107.1 NAVEDTRA 14222, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 1-Administration and Security NTP 3 (K), Naval Telecommunications Users Manual NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications, Ch. 4 ACP 126 (C), Communications Instructions Teletypewriter (Teleprinter) Procedures NWP 6-01 (Rev. A), Basic Operational Communications Doctrine ACP 131(F), Communications Instructions Operating Signals NAVEDTRA 14226, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 5-Communications Center Operations JANAP 128(J), Automatic Digital Network (AUTODIN) Operating Procedures Define and discuss the following terms and abbreviations: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. AIG [ref. a, ch. 2] CAD [ref. c, Annex B] OPSIGS [ref. b, ch. 2] SHD [ref. b, ch. 5] PLA [ref. b, ch. 5] CIC [ref. b, ch. 5] LMF [ref. b, ch. 5] SSN [ref. b, ch. 5] FL [ref. b, ch. 7] DUPE [ref. g, ch. 1] OSRI [ref. b, ch. 3] SUSDUPE [ref. g, ch. 1] SSIC [ref. b, ch. 7] DPVS [ref. b, ch. 1] SVC [ref. c, ch. 4] TOF [ref. c, ch. 2] TOR [ref. c, ch. 4] TOD [ref. c, ch. 4] TRC [ref. c, ch. 4] BT [ref. c, ch. 4]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

39 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

107
107.2

MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT/HANDLING FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


State the three main parts of a message. [ref. c, ch. 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.3

Define and identify the following message elements: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. Service/tracer message [ref. c, ch. 4] Originator [ref. c, ch. 4] Text [ref. c, ch. 4] Passing instructions [ref. b, ch. 4] Releaser [ref. c, ch. 4] Drafter [ref. c, ch. 4] Message cancellation [ref. c, ch. 4] Downgrading [ref. c, ch. 4] Special handling instructions [ref. e, ch. 8] Action addressee(s) [ref. c, ch. 4] Information addressee(s) [ref. c, ch. 4] Exempted addressee(s) [ref. c, ch. 4] Classification [ref. c, ch. 4] Subject line [ref. c, ch. 4] Reference line [ref. c, ch. 4] Precedence [ref. c, ch. 4] DTG [ref. c, ch. 4]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Describe the following fields used in message format: [ref. b, app. A] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. EXER OPER MSGID SUBJ REF AMPN NARR POC ACK RMKS

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 40 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

107
107.5

MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT/HANDLING FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Describe the format lines and content used for message transmission using the following formats: [refs. d, h] a. b. c. d. e. ACP 126 Modified ACP 126 JANAP 128 Short form readdressal Long form readdressal

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Explain message handling as determined by the following: a. b. Precedence [ref. c, ch. 4] Message backlog [ref. c, ch. 1]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Describe handling and reporting procedures for OPREPs: [ref. e, ch. 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Describe the purpose of the following and identify where each is used: [ref. f] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. ZEL ZEN addresses NOTAL PASEP ZDS ZWL ZNZ1 ZPW ZDK NBAT NGCN

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

41 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

107
107.9

MESSAGE TEXT FORMAT/HANDLING FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Discuss manual intervention and its effect on proper message traffic flow. [ref. c, ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.10

Discuss EAM procedures. [ref. e, ch. 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

42 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

108 108 MINIMIZE FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] 108.1 NWP 6-01 (Rev. A), Basic Operational Communications Doctrine NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications, Ch. 4 Explain the purpose of Minimize. [ref. a, ch. 13] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 State the conditions under which Minimize may be imposed. [ref. a, ch. 26] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Discuss the authority to impose, modify, or cancel Minimize. [ref. a, ch. 13] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 State the message releasing restrictions under Minimize. [ref. a, ch. 13] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Discuss alternate methods of delivering message traffic during Minimize conditions. [ref. a, ch. 13] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Discuss the procedures to be followed upon receipt of a message imposing Minimize conditions. [ref. a, ch. 13] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Explain the term Minimize Considered. [ref. a, ch. 13] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

43 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

108
108.8

MINIMIZE FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Explain the purpose of the releasing officer's name and rank in the text of the message. [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

44 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

109 109 BROADCAST FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] 109.1 NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications Discuss the functions/purpose of the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. Broadcast area [ch. 3] Area NCTAMS [ch. 3] Broadcast Keying Station [ch. 3] Broadcast Radiating Station [ch. 3] Broadcast Controlling Authority [ch. 3] Broadcast Controlling Station [ch. 3] Channel subscribers [ch. 3] Command guard list [ch. 3] Broadcast shifts [ch. 3] Communications guard shift [ch. 3] Emergency broadcast shift [ch. 3] COMSPOT [Annex C] Broadcast screen request [ch. 3]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

45 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

110 110 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 FUNDAMENTALS

References: [a] NCTS 50C1012 OM-V2R11, Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 Operator's Manual Define the following terms and abbreviations: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. w. x. y. z. aa. ab. ac. ad. ae. af. ACK Active subscriber ALTROUTE ARQ ARQ LIMIT BCST Bootstrap Bust sequence CAN CANTCO CANTRAC L CG CHR CID CLR Control message CPU CRC Crypto CSN CTTY CUDIXS Default DTS EOL EOM EOT FDUX FIFO First-run message Garble Garble threshold ag. ah. ai. aj. ak. al. am. an. ao. ap. aq. ar. as. at. au. av. aw. ax. ay. az. ba. bb. bc. bd. be. bf. bg. bh. bi. bj. bk. bl. GCSN GMT HDG HDUX HF Inactive subscriber I/O IXS JANAP LI Link LK LO Logical unit LRL LSPTP LSPTR LU Missent message MDP NAK Narrative message NCTAMS NAVMACS NAVTELSYSIC NCS NDRO NGL NIB NOB Nonaddressed message NTDS

110.1

47 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

110
110.1

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


bm. bn. bo. bp. bq. br. bs. bt. bu. bv. bw. bx. by. bz. ca. cb. cc. cd. ce. OCID OCSN OON OPCORR OTO Output device Parameter Parity Pilot Primary subscriber Prosign Purge QRK QUE report Queue Recap summary MSG Rerun message Retrieve RO cf. cg. ch. ci. cj. ck. cl. cm. cn. co. cp. cq. cr. cs. ct. cu. cv. cw. cx. SAMPD SID SMN SOH SOL SOP Special subscriber SSN STX Subscriber TOP TOT Transmit queue TTY TU URD VNR WML WPM

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Discuss the following operator commands: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. ADD CGL ADD WML CAN CAN TRA CAN TRA OTO CDN CGL CHR CLR CLR CGL CLR LRL CLR WML Cup n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. w. x. y. z. Day DLT CGL DLT WML EDN EMC EUP HLD LOD LOD MSG LRL QUE RPL ARQ RPL CID

48 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

110
110.2

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


aa. ab. ac. ad. ae. af. ag. ah. ai. aj. RPL CSN RPL HDG RPL LRL RPL NOB RPL OON RPL QRK RPL RRM RPL SID RPL TIM RPL YZO ak. al. am. an. ao. ap. aq. ar. as. at. RTV SDN SPP SUP SYS TIM TRA TRA OTO TRA OVR WML

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Define the following general system alerts: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. w. x. y. z. BACKLOG (DEVICE ID) BACKLOG (DEVICE ID) ALTROUTE LEVEL EXCEEDED CANTCO CIRCUIT ACTIVE CANTCO CIRCUIT DOWN CANTCO DEVICE ACTIVE CANTCO DEVICE DOWN CANTCO LIST FULL CANTCO NO SID CANTCO RPT IN PROGRESS CANTCO RTVL IN PROGRESS CGL CONFLICT CIRCUIT ID EXP (CID/CSN) RCV (CID/CSN) CIRCUIT ID OFF LINE ENCRYPTED (SMN) CIRCUIT ID WML MATCH CANTRAN (CID/CSN) CIRCUIT ID WML MATCH (CID/CSN) DEVICE ID/CIRCUIT ID TIMEOUT DEVICE ID IMPROPER CONDITION DEVICE ID LOAD ABORTED DEVICE ID LOAD COMPLETED DEVICE ID LOAD COMPLETE (SMN) ERROR hhmmZ IOC FAULT (ADDRESS) ITEM NOT FOUND IXS CRYPTO ALARM IXS NCS INITIALIZE

49 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

110
110.3

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


aa. ab. ac. ad. ae. af. ag. ah. ai. aj. ak. al. am. an. ao. ap. aq. ar. as. at. au. av. aw. ax. ay. az. ba. bb. bc. bd. be. bf. bg. bh. bi. IXS NCS MSG ACK (SMN) IXS NCS MSG NAK (SMN) IXS NCS NO RCV IXS NCS OTO ACK (OTO #) hhmmZ IXS NCS OTO ACK (OTO #) RCV (OTO #) IXS NCS OTO NAK (OTO #) IXS NCS PARITY LIMIT IXS NCS RCV ABORT IXS NCS XMIT ABORT IXS NO VALID INPUT IXS SUB NO RCV 2 CYCLES IXS SUB PARITY LIMIT MON CLOCK DISABLED NAVMACS FORCED EOM (SMN) NO PRINTERS ON LINE OTO NR (OON) hhmmZ OTO NR (OON) ??hhmmZ PGM FAULT (ADDRESS) POSSIBLE MISSENT POWER FAILURE hhmmZ (SMN) ALTROUTED TO (DEVICE ID) SMN (SMN) SMN (SMN) COMPLETE SMN (SMN) ERROR (SMN) TRA CAN ON LO1 -- MSG ERROR hhmmZ (SMN) TRA CANTRAN ON LO1 hhmmZ (SMN) Y/Z ACK NOT RCVD ON LO1 (SMN) Y/Z NO TRA ON LO1 AFTER 30 SEC (SMN) Y/Z RCVD ON (DEVICE ID) SYSTEM OVERLOAD SYSTEM OVERLOAD hhmmZ TRA ON LO1--OPERATOR OVERRIDE OF MSG ERRORS TR TIMEOUT ??hhmmZ !!ABORTED!!

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

50 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

110
110.4

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Identify the following device/circuit mnemonic codes: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. DS DS1 DS2 LI1 LK LO1 MT1 MT2 MI2 MI3 MTA l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. MTB NI1 NI NI4 PR PR1 PR2 TP1 TP2 TR1 TR2

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Discuss the purpose of the following, describing the composition of each and explaining how it is used by the system: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. Program tape(s) Spare tape(s) BCST circuit(s) IXS circuit Comm Center terminals Periodic reports Screening error tolerance (QRK) Address screening Negative Guard list Address bounding Maintaining the Command Guard list Reloading paper tape copy

51 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

110
110.5

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. w. x. y. Maintaining the LRL Maintaining the WML Standard message print format Standard message information block Modified message information block Undefined raw data information block Message retrieval Heading analysis Distribution Message accountability/record keeping Closing out the radio day Input processing Output processing

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Discuss the purpose and describe the composition of the following on the LRL/WML outgoing circuits and system reports: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. Enter on the LRL Clear on the LRL Print on the LRL ADD CID/CSN(s) on the WML Delete CID/CSN(s) on the WML Print on the WML Clear on the WML Link transmission on an outgoing circuit Chronological on system reports Queue

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

52 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

111 111 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) FUNDAMENTALS

References: [a] EE685-DJ-SUM-020/NAVMACSII (HP), Naval Modular Automated Communications System II, (NAVMACS II), AN/SYQ-7A(V) & 7B(V) System User Manual, Volume 2, Appendices A-N EE685-DJ-SUM-010/NAVMACSII (HP), Naval Modular Automated Communications System II, (NAVMACS II), AN/SYQ-7A(V) & 7B(V) System User Manual, Volume 1, Operational Procedures and Instructions Define the following terms and abbreviations: [ref. a] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. w. x. y. z. ACK ACP Active subscriber ALTROUTE ARQ ARQ LIMIT AUTODIN Backrouting Baud BDCST Bust CAN CANTRAN CGL Character CID CONT CPU Crypto CSN CRATT CUDIXS EOM ETX FIFO First-run message aa. ab. ac. ad. ae. af. ag. ah. ai. aj. ak. al. am. an. ao. ap. aq. ar. as. at. au. av. aw. ax. ay. az. Garble GMT Inactive subscriber I/O JANAP Missent message NAK Narrative message NCTAMS NAVCOMPARS NAVMACS NCS NGL Non-addressed message OCSN OPCOR OPASSIST OTO Output device Parameter Parity Prosign Purge QRK QUE report Queue

[b]

111.1

53 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

111

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


ba. bb. bc. bd. be. bf. bg. bh. Recap summary MSG Rerun message Retrieve SID SMN SOP SSN Subscriber bi. bj. bk. bl. bm. bn. bo. bp. TOP TOT Transmit queue TTY TU URD VNR WML

111.1

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Discuss the following operator commands: [ref. b] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. w. ADD CGL ADD WML CAN CAN TRA CAN TRA OTO CGL CLR CGL CLR LRL CLR WML Day DLT CGL DLT WML HLD LOAD LOAD MSG QUE RPL ARQ RPL CID RPL CSN RPL NOB RPL QRK RPL SID WML

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

54 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

111
111.3

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Define the following general system alerts: [ref. a] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. w. x. y. z. aa. ab. ac. ad. ae. af. ag. ah. ai. aj. ak. al. ABORTED CIRCUIT ACTIVE CIRCUIT DOWN DEVICE ACTIVE DEVICE DOWN LIST FULL NO SID RPT IN PROGRESS CGL CONFLICT CIRCUIT ID EXP (CID/CSN) RCV (CID/CSN) CIRCUIT ID WML MATCH CANTRAN (CID/CSN) CIRCUIT ID WML MATCH (CID/CSN) CKT COULD NOT DELIVER SMN DELIVERED SENSATIVE MESAGE DELIVERED TOP SECRET MESSAGE DEVICE ID/CIRCUIT ID TIMEOUT DEVICE ID IMPROPER CONDITION DEVICE ID LOAD ABORTED DEVICE ID LOAD COMPLETED DEVICE ID LOAD COMPLETE (SMN) ERROR ddhhmmZ IOC FAULT (ADDRESS) CRYPTO ALARM NCS EXCEEDING ARQ LIMIT NCS INITIALIZE NCS MSG ACK (SMN) NCS MSG NAK (SMN) NCS NO RCV NCS NOT ACCEPTING MESSAGE NCS OTO ACK (OTO #) hhmmZ NCS OTO ACK (OTO #) RCV (OTO #) NCS OTO NAK (OTO #) NCS RCV ABORT NCS XMIT ABORT NO VALID INPUT NAVMACS FORCED EOM (SMN) OTO NR (OON) hhmmZ

55 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

111
111.3

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


am. an. ao. ap. aq. ar. as. at. POWER FAILURE hhmmZ (SMN) ALTROUTED TO (DEVICE ID) SMN (SMN) SMN (SMN) COMPLETE SMN (SMN) ERROR SYS BACKLOG SYSTEM OVERLOAD SYSTEM OVERLOAD hhmmZ

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Discuss the purpose of the following: [ref. a] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. Program tape(s) Spare tape(s) BCST circuit(s) Different circuit types Comm Center terminals Periodic reports Screening error tolerance (QRK) Address screening Negative Guard list Maintaining the Command Guard list Maintaining the WML Standard message print format Message retrieval Distribution Message accountability/record keeping Closing out the radio day Input processing Output processing

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

56 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

111
111.5

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Discuss the purpose of the following on the WML outgoing circuits and system reports: [ref. a] a. b. c. d. e. ADD CID/CSN(s) on the WML Delete CID/CSN(s) on the WML Print on the WML Clear on the WML Queue

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

57 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

112 112 ANTENNA AND RADIO WAVE PROPAGATION FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 112.1 NAVEDTRA 14225, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 4-Communications Hardware NAVEDTRA 14182, Navy Electricity and Electronics Training Series, Module 10Introduction to Wave Propagation, Transmission Lines, and Antennas NTP 6 (D), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Spectrum Management Manual Own Ship's Antenna Radiation Patterns Own Ship's Antenna Systems Describe the locations and functional use of local shipboard communication antennas. [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Discuss the following in detail as applied to radio signals: [ref. c, ch. 1] a. b. c. d. e. Hz Frequency kHz MHz GHz

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

59 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

112
112.3

ANTENNA AND RADIO WAVE PROPAGATION FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Discuss the following antenna-related terms in detail: [ref. a, ch. 2; refs. d, e] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. Antenna Radiation pattern Directivity and directional antennas Wave length Standing wave VSWR Polarization and field strength Half-wave/quarterwave Electrical length Beamwidth Megameter (meggar)

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Define the following abbreviations and state the frequency range of each: [ref. a, ch. 1; ref. c, ch. 1] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. ELF VLF LF MF HF VHF UHF SHF EHF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Describe ionospheric layers and their effects on propagation. [ref. b, ch. 2; ref. c, Annex I] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

60 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

112
112.6

ANTENNA AND RADIO WAVE PROPAGATION FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


State the propagation characteristics of the following radio waves: [ref. b, ch. 2] a. b. c. d. Direct Ground Space Sky

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Discuss the following terms, describing what it is and the effect of each on propagation: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. Attenuation [ref. b, ch. 2] Conductivity [ref. b, ch. 2] Critical frequency [ref. b, ch. 2] Diffraction [ref. b, ch. 2] Fading [ref. b, ch. 2] Frequency [ref. b, ch. 2] Noise [ref. b, ch. 3] Ionization [ref. b, ch. 2] Power [ref. b, ch. 2] Reflection [ref. b, ch. 2] Refraction [ref. b, ch. 2] Sunspots [ref. b, ch. 2] Skip distance [ref. b, ch. 2] Skip zone [ref. b, ch. 2] Selective fading [ref. b, ch. 2] Multipath fading [ref. b, ch. 2] Scintillation [ref. c, Annex A]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Explain the meaning of each element in an emission designator. [ref. c, Annex G] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

61 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

112
112.9

ANTENNA AND RADIO WAVE PROPAGATION FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Describe the following frequency usage terms: [ref. c] a. b. c. d. e. f. Assigned frequency [Annex A] Reference frequency (operating window) [Annex G] Suppressed carrier frequency [Annex A] MUF [Annex A] FOT [Annex A] LUF [Annex A]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Describe the sources for the following types of EMI: [ref. b, ch. 2] a. b. c. Natural Man-made Harmonics

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Describe the techniques used based on radio wave propagation: [ref. a, ch. 2] a. b. LPI LRI

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

62 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

113 113 VOICE OPERATIONS FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] [c] 113.1 ACP 113(AF), Call Sign Book for Ships, Ch. 2 NAVEDTRA 14226, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 5-Communications Center Operations, Ch. 2 ACP 125(F), Communication Instructions Radiotelephone Procedures Describe the following call signs: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. International [refs. a, b] Military [ref. b] Voice [ref. b] Tactical [ref. b] Collective [ref. b] Conjunctive [ref. b] Daily/changing call signs [ref. b]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 State the purpose of call signs. [ref. c, ch. 1] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Discuss call sign compromise and security precautions. [ref. c, ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Discuss gingerbread and its purpose. [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Discuss and define EEFI. [ref. c, ch. 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

63 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

113
113.6

VOICE OPERATIONS FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Discuss BEADWINDOW procedures. [ref. c, ch. 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date

.7

Discuss challenge and reply authentication. [ref. c, ch. 6] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date

64 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

114 114 BASIC CIRCUITS FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] [h] [i] [j] [k] NAVEDTRA 14226, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 5-Communications Center Operations ACP 126 (C), Communications Instructions Teletypewriter (Teleprinter) Procedures NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications SPAWARINST 2700.1, Shipboard Quality Monitoring Control System ACP 131(F), Communications Instructions Operating Signals NWP 6-01 (Rev. A), Basic Operational Communications Doctrine Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) FSCS-211-79-13-2B, UHF DAMA Operator OJT Handbook, Shipboard NTP 2, Section 5, Navy Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Broadcast Service NAVEDTRA 14223, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 2-Computer Systems NAVEDTRA 14225, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 4-Communications Hardware Define and discuss the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. NECOS [ref. a, ch. 1; ref. c, ch. 6] FSK [ref. i, Annex B] Tone MOD RATT [ref. c, ch. 6] Simplex [ref. j, ch.6; ref. c, ch. 6] HDUX [ref. j, ch. 6] FDUX [ref. j, ch. 6] AFTS [ref. d, ch. 4] PSK [ref. i, Annex B]

114.1

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Define and discuss the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Prosigns [ref. a, ch. 2; ref. b, ch. 2] Operating signals [ref. c, ch. 4; ref. e, ch. 3] Circuit discipline [ref. b, ch. 1; ref. c, ch. 6] Watch turnover [ref. c, chs. 1, 6] Traffic channels [ref. c, ch. 6] Termination shift [ref. c, ch. 6; ref. k, ch. 4] Termination NCTAMS/NAVCOMMTELSTA [ref. c, ch. 6; ref. k, ch. 4]

65 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

114
114.2

BASIC CIRCUITS FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


h. i. j. Send/receive off the air monitor [ref. c, ch. 4] Termination frequency [ref. k, ch. 4] Circuits status board [ref. c, ch. 6; ref. k, ch. 4]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Describe multiplex as applied to naval communications. [ref. h, ch. 4; ref. k, chs. 1, 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Discuss the following terms as applied to multiplex signals: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Time division [ref. k, ch. 1] Frequency division [ref. k, ch. 1] Space diversity [ref. k, ch. 1] Radio frequency diversity [ref. k, ch. 1] Tone diversity [ref. k, ch. 1] Tone space diversity [ref. k, ch. 1] Tone radio frequency diversity [ref. k, ch. 1] DAMA [ref. h, ch. 4; ref. k, chs. 1, 2]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Discuss the following in detail: a. b. c. d. Link circuits [ref. g] HF fleet broadcast [ref. c, chs. 2, 3] Satellite fleet broadcast [ref. c, chs. 2, 3] VLF submarine broadcast [ref. f, ch. 16]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

66 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

115 115 COMMON CIRCUITS FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] 115.1 Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications NWP 6-01 (Rev. A), Basic Operational Communications Doctrine Local Battle Force Electronic Mail System Operating Manual Describe the functions/purposes of the following, as well as any common circuits pertaining to your command not listed: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. CEWN [ref. a] HF GLOBAL [ref. c, ch. 21] SATHICOM [ref. c, ch. 21] NAVY RED [ref. a] Harbor common [ref. c, ch. 27] Degaussing net [ref. a] CSS [ref. b, ch. 7] Submarine circuits [ref. c, ch. 22] Task group teletype [ref. a] SAR [ref. c, ch. 10] NTDS circuits [ref. a] S/S [ref. c, ch. 21] CHAT [ref. a] BFEM-66 [ref. d] Link [ref. b, ch. 7]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Explain the following for the voice nets/circuits listed: [ref. b, ch. 6] a. b. c. DIRECTED NET FREE NET Requirements for guarding

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

67 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

116 116 DISTRESS CIRCUITS FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] 116.1 NWP 6-01 (Rev. A), Basic Operational Communications Doctrine ACP 135 (E), Communications Instructions Distress and Rescue Procedures, Ch. 2 NAVEDTRA 14225, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 4-Communications Hardware, Ch. 1 NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications, Ch. 6 Discuss the following circuits, giving frequency, schedules, and any unique operating procedures: [ref. a, chs. 10, 11; refs. b, c] a. b. c. d. International calling and distress International lifeboat, life raft, and survival craft International aeronautical distress VHF Military aeronautical distress UHF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Discuss distress equipment and circuit guard requirements. [refs. b, c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Discuss the communication procedures to be followed when hearing a distress signal. [ref. a, ch. 11] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Discuss on-scene communications procedures during distress. [ref. a, ch. 11] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

69 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

116
116.5

DISTRESS CIRCUITS FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Discuss terminating distress communications. [ref. a, ch. 11] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.6

Discuss SUBLOOK/SUBMISS/SUBSUNK procedures. [ref. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

70 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

117 117 PORTABLE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] 117.1 Portable Communications Manufacturers Technical Manual State the purpose of portable communications equipment. ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Describe the portable communications equipment utilized by your command. ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 State the condition under which portable equipment will be used. ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

71 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

118 118 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) FUNDAMENTALS

References: [a] [b] FSCS-211-79-13-2B, UHF DAMA Operator OJT Handbook, Shipboard EE130-D8-IEM-010/010/USC-61(C), Interactive Electronic Technical Manual for the Digital Modular Radio (DMR) AN/USC-61(C) Organizational Level Operation and Maintenance Instructions Ships RCS / MD-1324 Tomahawk Strike Network (TSN) Users Guide Discuss the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q r. s. t. u. v. w. x. y. z. aa. ab. DAMA [ref. a, ch. 2] Basic frame structures [ref. a, ch. 2] TDMA-1 frame structures [ref. a, ch. 2] TDMA-2 and TDMA-3 frame structures [ref. a, ch. 2] DMR [ref. b, ch. 1] MD-1324 [ref. c, ch. 1] Time slots [ref. a, ch. 2] CCOW [ref. a, ch. 2] Range [ref. a, ch. 2] Link test [ref. a, ch. 2] RCCOW [ref. a, ch. 2] Data segments [ref. a, ch. 2] Acquisition [ref. a, ch. 2] DAMA system features [ref. a, ch. 2] Channel control [ref. a, ch. 2] Independent channel access [ref. a, ch. 2] Circuit identification number [ref. a, ch. 2] RRI capability [ref. a, ch. 2] TDMA mode [ref. a, ch. 2] I/O parts [ref. a, ch. 2] Frequency and keyline control [ref. a, ch. 2] Interfaces [ref. a, ch. 2] Electronic key generator TSEC/KGV-11 [ref. a, ch. 2] Baseband subsystems [ref. a, ch. 2] TSEC/KG-84 current loop operation [ref. a, ch. 2] Shipboard installation equipment [ref. a, ch. 2] Power distribution panel [ref. a, ch. 2] Panel monitor [ref. a, ch. 2]

[c] [d] 118.1

73 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

118
118.1

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


ac. ad. ae. af. ag. ah. ai. aj. ak. al. am. an. ao. ap. aq. ar. as. at. Data and control patching switchboard [ref. a, ch. 2] Intermediate frequency patching panels [ref. a, ch. 2] Large ship configuration [ref. a, ch. 3] Small ship configuration [ref. a, ch. 3] System timing generator [ref. a, ch. 3] DCMA [ref. a, ch. 3] Operator controls and indicators [ref. a, ch. 3] Keypad commands [ref. a, ch. 3] DAMA shorthand keypad guide [ref. a, ch. 3] Practical application of circuit numbers [ref. a, ch. 3] Practical application of ID numbers [ref. a, ch. 3] General preventive maintenance [ref. a, ch. 6] Battery replacement [ref. a, ch. 6] Single radio operations [ref. a, Annex A] Dual radio operations [ref. a, Annex A] Bit alarms [ref. a, Annex A] Setup of TSN [ref. d] TSN Parameters worksheet [ref. d]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

74 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

119 119 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) (AN/USC-38) FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] 119.1 EE130-AG-HBK-020/Volume 1, USC-38(V) Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Low Data Rate (LDR) and Medium Data Rate (MDR) System Users Handbook NTP 2, Section 3 (B), Navy Extremely High Frequency Satellite Communications Discuss the function of the following equipment as used in the AN/USC-38: [ref. a, ch. 3; ref. b, ch. 2] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. PDU TCU Modem/TCP CV-4056(V)/USC-38(V) FOT terminal TIP NECC

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Discuss EHF satellites description and operational capabilities. [ref. a, ch. 2; ref. b, ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Describe the location and functional use of the various baseband equipment used in conjunction with EHF. [ref. a, ch. 2; ref. b, chs. 2 thru 4] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Discuss the EHF terminal start-up procedures. [ref. a, app. A; ref. b, chs. 1, 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

75 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

119
119.5

EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) (AN/USC-38) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Explain the following EHF satellite/beam acquisition terms: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Privilege level [ref. a, apps. B, D; ref. b, ch. 2] EC/DA acquisition [ref. a, apps. B, D; ref. b, ch. 3] EC acquisition time [ref. a, apps. B, D; ref. b, ch. 3] HHR Agile C2 cycles [ref. a, apps. B, D] LHR Agile C2 cycles [ref. a, apps. B, D] agile to spot beam change [ref. a, apps. B, D; ref. b, ch. 3] transitioning beams [ref. a, apps. B, D] ephemeris update [ref. a, apps. B, D; ref. b, ch. 3]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Discuss the following activation/deactivation net notes terms: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Net activation [ref. b, ch. 5] Net keep alive [ref. a, app. D] Net set-up [ref. b, ch. 5] HOP boundary change [ref. b, ch. 3] Net deactivation check [ref. b, ch. 5] Activate net failed, timeslot not available [ref. a, app. D] FEP secondary services [ref. b, chs. 3 thru 5]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Describe activation/deactivation net procedures. [ref. a, app. D; ref. b, ch. 5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Discuss a joint net activation. [ref. a, app. D] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Activate EHF TIP [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

76 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

120 120 SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) FUNDAMENTALS

References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] 120.1 NTP 2, Section 4 (A), Navy Commercial Satellite Communications NTP 2, Section 1 (E), Navy Super High Frequency Satellite Communications NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications ACP 220, Multinational Videoconferencing Services ADNS Specific Technical Manuals Modem Specific Technical Manuals AN/FCC-100(V) 9 Technical Manual Discuss the following SHF data circuits: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. CTAPS [ref. b, ch. 4] JWICS [ref. b, ch. 4] MARCEMP [ref. c, ch. 2] SHF orderwire [ref. b, chs. 1 thru 3] GCCS [ref. b, chs. 1, 4] FSB [ref. b, ch. 2] VTC [ref. d, ch.1] SHF GATEGUARD [ref. c] ADNS [ref. e] FSM [ref. c, ch. 2]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Describe the following voice circuit equipment: a. b. c. d. SEC/KY-68 [ref. b, ch. 4] APTS/POTS [ref. a, ch. 6] TSEC/KYV-5 ANDVT [ref. b, ch. 4] STE/STU-III [ref. b, ch. 4]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

77 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

120
120.3

SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Discuss the following SHF multiplexers: a. b. c. AN/FCC-100 (V) 3/5/6/7/8 [ref. b, chs. 2, 4] AN/FCC-100 (V) 4X [ref. b, chs. 2, 4] AN/FCC-100 (V) 9 [ref. g]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Discuss the following modulation types and satellite access techniques: [ref. b] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. BPSK [ch. 2] QPSK [ch. 2] Offset QPSK [ch.2] Symbol rate/bandwidth [ch. 2] Error detection and error correction [chs. 2, 3] Multiple access of a satellite [chs. 1 thru 3] FDMA [chs. 1 thru 3] TDMA [chs. 1 thru 3]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Discuss general modem operations: [ref. f] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

78 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

121 121 EMISSIONS CONTROL (EMCON) FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 121.1 Local EMCON Bill/Instruction NWP 6-01 (Rev. A), Basic Operational Communications Doctrine NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications NAVEDTRA 14222, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 1-Administration and Security Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Define the following terms and discuss their relationship with each other: a. b. c. d. EMCON [ref. a; ref. b, ch. 15] RADHAZ [ref. b, ch. 15] HERO [ref. b, ch. 15] RIVER CITY [ref. e]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Discuss the following: a. b. c. d. e. f. Types of EMCON [ref. a; ref. b, ch. 15] Authority to impose EMCON [ref. a; ref. b, ch. 15] Authority to lift EMCON [ref. a; ref. b, ch. 15] Methods of communicating during EMCON [ref. c, ch. 6] Procedures to use when breaking EMCON [ref. a] Internal reporting requirements when EMCON is set [ref. b, ch. 15]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Discuss the following: a. b. c. d. Ship's radiation hazard areas [ref. a] Electromagnetic radiation safety procedures [ref. a; ref. c, ch. 6] TEMPEST requirements [ref. d, ch. 5] HERO in-port and underway [ref. c, ch. 6]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

79 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

122 122 OPERATIONS ORDERS (OPORD) FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] 122.1 NAVEDTRA 14222, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 1-Administration and Security NWP 5-01 (Rev. A), Naval Operational Planning Identify and define the following: [ref. a, ch. 2] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. Heading Body Ending Annex Appendix Tab Enclosure

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Explain the purpose of the following: a. b. c. d. OPORD [ref. b, ch. 7] Communications Annex [ref. a, ch. 2] COMMPLAN [ref. a, ch. 2] OPTASK COMM [ref. b, ch. 7]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Identify the seven paragraphs in the body of an OPORD. [ref. b, ch. 6] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

81 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

123 123 HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] [c] The Complete PC Upgrade and Maintenance Guide, 16th Edition, ISBN: 9780782144314 Networking All-in-One Desk Reference for Dummies, 2nd Edition CCNA: Cisco Certified Network Associate, Study Guide: 5th Edition, Exam 640-801, ISBN: 9780782143119 Discuss and define the following terms in detail: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. w. x. y. z. aa. ab. ac. ad. ae. af. ag. ACPI [ref. a, ch. 23] ASCII [ref. a, Glossary] ATX [ref. a, ch.3] Backup files [ref. a, ch. 13] Baud rate [ref. a, Glossary] Bandwidth [ref. a, Glossary] BIOS [ref. a, ch. 13] Bit [ref. a, Glossary] Binary [ref. a, Glossary] BNC [ref. a, ch. 2] Byte [ref. a, Glossary] Buffer [ref. a, ch. 8] Cache [ref. a, ch. 8] CD-ROM [ref. a, Glossary] Copy [ref. a, ch. 13] CPU [ref. a, ch. 2] CMOS [ref. a, ch. 2] Coaxial Cable [ref. a, ch. 26] DCE [ref. c, ch. 11] DDR [ref. a, ch. 6] Defragment [ref. a, ch. 13] DOS [ref. a, ch. 12] Delete [ref. a, ch. 12] Directories [ref. a, Glossary] DIMM [ref. a, Glossary] Driver [ref. a, ch. 23] DTE [ref. c, ch. 11] DVD [ref. a, Glossary] EIDE [ref. a, ch. 1] Ethernet [ref. a, ch. 26] FAT [ref. a, ch. 12] Function keys [ref. a, Glossary] FQDN [ref. c, ch. 2]

123.1

83 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

123
123.1

HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


ah ai. aj. ak. al. am. an. ao. ap. aq. ar. as. at. au. av. aw. ax. ay. az. ba. bb. bc. bd. be. bf. bg. bh. bi. bj. bk. bl. bm. bn. bo. bp. bq. Hexadecimal [ref. a, Glossary] IDE [ref. a, ch. 10] IEEE [ref. a, ch. 27] IP [ref. a, ch. 26] LAN [ref. a, Glossary] MAC [ref. a, Glossary] MMC [ref. b, ch. 2] Memory [ref. a, Glossary] Motherboard [ref. a, ch. 2] NIC [ref. a, ch. 3] NTFS [ref. a, ch. 12] Operating System [ref. a, Glossary] Page File [ref. a, ch. 6] Parallel Port [ref. a, Glossary] PATA [ref. a, ch. 10] PCI [ref. a, ch. 1] Peripheral equipment [ref. a, ch. 1] POST [ref. a, Glossary] Power Supply [ref. a, ch. 7] Printer [ref. a, ch. 15] PS/2 [ref. a, Glossary] RAID [ref. a, ch. 12] RAM [ref. a, chs. 1, 2] Registry [ref. a, Glossary] RJ-11 [ref. a, ch. 26] RJ-45 [ref. a, ch. 26] ROM [ref. a, ch. 6] SATA [ref. a, ch. 2] SCSI [ref. a , ch. 11] Serial Port [ref. a, ch. 2] Service Pack [ref. b, ch. 3] Shell [ref. b, ch. 8] SIMM [ref. a, ch. 6] USB [ref. a, ch. 22] Virus [ref. a, ch. 29] WAN [ref. a, Glossary]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

84 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

124 124 NETWORKING FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] 124.1 CCNA: Cisco Certified Network Associate, Study Guide: 5th Edition, Exam 640-801, ISBN: 9780782143119 Networking All-in-One Desk Reference for Dummies, 2nd Edition NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Discuss and define the following terms in detail: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. w. x. y. z. ARP [ref. a, ch. 2] ACL [ref. a, ch. 10] Backbone [ref. b, ch. 1] BGP [ref. a, Glossary] Cabling [ref. b, ch. 2] Duplex [ref. a, ch. 1] Dynamic Routing [ref. a, ch. 5] Encapsulation [ref. a, ch. 1] Ethernet Interface [ref. a, ch. 1] Fast Ethernet Interface [ref. a, ch. 1] Gateway [ref. a, ch. 5] Hub/Switch [ref. a, ch. 7] ICMP [ref. a, ch. 2] IOS [ref. a, ch. 4] IP Address [ref. a, ch. 2] Loopback Interface [ref. a, ch. 6] MAC [ref. a, ch. 1] NIC [ref. b, ch. 3] NVRAM [ref. a, ch. 4] OSPF [ref. a, ch. 6] Port [ref. a, ch. 2] Protocol [ref. a, Glossary] RIP [ref. a, ch. 5] Router [ref. a, Glossary] Serial Interface [ref. a, ch. 4] Server [ref. a, Glossary]

85 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

124
124.1

NETWORKING FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


aa. ab. ac. ad. ae. af. ag. ah. Subnet [ref. a, Glossary] Subnet Mask [ref. a, Glossary] Static Routing [ref. a, ch. 5] TCP/IP [ref. a, ch. 2] TCP [ref. a, ch. 2] Tunneling [ref. a, ch. 1] UDP [ref. a, ch. 2] VoIP [ref. a, ch. 2]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Discuss and describe the OSI model. [ref. a, ch. 1] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Discuss the basic topology of a LAN. [ref. b, ch. 1] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Describe the ports and protocols used by the following network services: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. DNS [ref. a, ch. 2] FTP [ref. a, ch. 2] HTTP [ref. b, ch. 1] HTTPS [ref. b, ch. 1] NetBIOS [ref. b, ch. 6] POP [ref. a, ch. 11] SMTP [ref. a, ch. 2] TELNET [ref. a, ch. 2] TFTP [ref. a, ch. 2]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Discuss and describe the use of the following Cisco router commands: a. b. c. d. e. f. show interface description [ref. a, ch. 4] show ip interface brief [ref. a, ch. 4] show ip access-lists [ref. a, ch. 10] show ip ospf neighbor [ref. a, ch. 6] show debug [ref. a, ch. 5] configure terminal [ref. a, ch. 4]

86 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

124
124.5

NETWORKING FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. reload [ref. a, Glossary] copy running-configuration startup-configuration [ref. a, ch. 4] copy tftp running-configuration [ref. a, ch. 9] enable [ref. a, ch. 4] password [ref. a, ch. 4] erase [ref. a, ch. 7] terminal monitor [ref. a, ch. 5] terminal no monitor [ref. a, ch. 5] show logging synchronous [ref. a, ch. 4] no debug all [ref. a, ch. 5]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Explain troubleshooting procedures when a fleet unit contacts the NOC due to loss of connectivity on a network enclave. (from your commands point of view) [refs. c, d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

87 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

125 125 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] [h] [i] [j] [k] [l] [m] ACP 131(F), Communications Instructions Operating Signals NTP 3 Supp. 1 Naval Telecommunications Users Manual, Address Indicating Group (AIG), Collective Address Designator (CAD), and Task Organization (TASK) Handbook NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications NWP 6-01 (Rev. A), Basic Operational Communications Doctrine NTP 22, Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Defense Message System Local Operations and Network Management Policies and Procedures NTP 21 Supp-1, Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Defense Message System, X.500 Directory Distinguished Name (DN) and Mail List (ML) Registration Procedures NTP 21(A), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Defense Message System Users Manual JANAP 128(J), Automatic Digital Network (AUTODIN) Operating Procedures DMDS Home Page (https://www.dmshelp.navy.mil) Naval Messaging (https://navalmessaging.nmci.navy.mil) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) COMSPAWARSYSCOM E-Learning DMDS Student Guide (JUNE 2006) NAG 69C, Interim Operational Security Doctrine for SBU Fortezza Cards, Dated 241619Z FEB 98 Discuss and define the following terms in detail: a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. LMTA [ref. f, ch. 2] BMTA [ref. f, ch. 2] DSA [ref. f, ch. 2] LDSA [ref. f, ch. 2] MFI [ref. f, ch. 2] MLA [ref. f, ch. 2] CAW [ref. f, ch. 2] CAW/SA [ref. f, ch. 2] CA [ref. f, ch. 2] ADUA [ref. f, ch. 2] DMS [ref. f, ch. 2] DUA [ref. f, ch. 2] GWS [ref. f, ch. 2] IDUA [ref. f, ch. 2] DMDS [ref. f, ch. 2] FORTEZZA [ref. f, ch. 2] MS [ref. f, ch. 2] UA [ref. f, ch. 2] DIB [ref. f, ch. 3]

125.1

89 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

125
125.1

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


t. u. v. w. x. y. z. aa. ab. ac. ad. ae. af. ag. ah. ai. aj. ak. DIT [ref. f, ch. 3] DN [ref. f, ch. 3] RDN [ref. f, ch. 3] ML [ref. f, ch. 3] O/R ADDRESS [ref. f, ch. 3] LDSA [ref. f, ch. 3] X.509 [ref. f, ch. 10] X.400 [ref. f, ch. 2] AIG [ref. b, chs. 1, 2] CAD [ref. b, chs. 1, 3] JANAP [ref. b, ch. 1] OPSIGS [ref. a] AUTODIN [ref. c, ch. 2, sec. 1] MCS [ref. b, ch. 1] NDN [ref. g, ch. 8] MTS ID [ref. g, ch. 5] NREMS [ref. c, ch. 2] AMHS [ref. c, ch. 2]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Discuss and identify the following message elements: [ref. h, ch. 4] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. Service/trace message Originator Text Special handling designations Action addressee(s) Information addressee(s) Exempted addressee(s) Classification Subject

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Discuss in detail the following message processing delivery systems: a. b. c. PCMT [ref. c, ch. 2] DMS [refs. f, g] DMDS [ref. f, ch. 2]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

90 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

125
125.4

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


State the purpose of the PCMCIA drive. [ref. f, ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.5

Explain the following types of messages: [ref. g, ch. 4] a. b. c. P22 P772 ACP 120

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Discuss the following operations/processes in detail: a. b. c. d. e f. g. FORTEZZA logon procedures [ref. f, ch. 2] Signing and encrypting messages [ref. g, ch. 8] FORTEZZA Card lockout /zeroization [ref. m, sec. 3.24] FORTEZZA Card storage [ref. m, sec. 3.24] FORTEZZA Cards [ref. m, sec. 3.24] FORTEZZA Roles [ref. m] X.509 certificates [ref. f, ch. 10]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Explain the difference between plain text and rich text. [ref. g, ch. 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Discuss an Individual message. [ref. g, ch. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Discuss an Organizational message. [ref. g, ch. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Explain the process of submitting DCHD trouble tickets. [ref. i] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 91 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

125
125.11

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Discuss the Military Message properties tab. [ref. g, ch. 5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.12

Discuss the Personal Address Book. [ref. g] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.13

Discuss Personal Address Book synchronization. [ref. j] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.14

Explain Public folders and how they interact with DMS. [ref. k] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.15

Explain the purpose of the DMDS. [ref. f, ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.16

Discuss setting the following DMS message types: [ref. g, ch. 7] a. b. c. d. e. f. Organizational Message Exercise Operation Project Drill Other-Organizational

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .17 Explain the Individual message (working record). [ref. g, ch. 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .18 Explain the procedures to build a Personal folder on U/A, and reason for pointing messages to this folder. [ref. k] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 92 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

125
125.19

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Explain how to add an additional address book to an outlook profile. [ref. k] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.20

Explain how to verify DMS version on a DMS client. [ref. i] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.21

State the purpose of the Database Manager. [ref. l, sec.4] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.22

Define the 4 different types of profiles. [ref l, sec. 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.23

Discuss the function of each profile. [ref l, sec.3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.24

Explain the purpose of the different types of profiles. [ref. l, sec 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.25

Discuss how key words interact with DMDS. [ref. l, sec. 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.26

Explain the function and purpose of each DMDS tab. [ref. l, sec. 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) State where DMDS Profiler software is stored. [ref. l, sec. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.27

93 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

125
125.28

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Explain the purpose of using an outlook profile in DMDS. [ref. l, sec. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.29

Explain the importance of selecting the correct Input path. [ref. l sec, 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.30

Explain how the Personal Address Book interacts with DMDS. [ref. k] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.31

Explain the process of how a message is disseminated from the DMDS Profiler to its destination. [ref. k] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.32

State the minimum hardware requirements for the DMDS workstation. [ref. l, sec. 1] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

94 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

126 126 NAVAL TACTICAL COMMAND SUPPORT SYSTEMS (NTCSS) FUNDAMENTALS

References: [a] [b] 126.1 Naval Tactical Command Support System (NTCSS), Systems Administration Guide NSN: 0913-LP-103-7093 Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Explain the steps for creating a Make Recovery disk. [ref. a, ch. 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Explain the procedures that are taken to prep the NTCSS system for End of Month Lives. [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Explain the different options available in Sybase versus root. [ref. a, chs. 4, 10] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Explain what kind of information is displayed in the system reports. [ref. a, ch. 9] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Discuss the steps to display an individual printers status. [ref. a, ch. 11] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Explain how to check roots mail and what kind of information is displayed. [ref. a, ch. 11] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

95 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

126
126.7

NAVAL TACTICAL COMMAND SUPPORT SYSTEMS (NTCSS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Explain the steps to initiate a manual backup. [ref a, ch. 8] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.8

Explain how to verify system interfaces. [ref. a, ch. 12] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

96 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

127 127 COMBINED ENTERPRISE REGIONAL INFORMATION EXCHANGE SYSTEM (CENTRIXS) FUNDAMENTALS

References: [a] [b] 127.1 NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications 2006 SPAWAR C4ISR CD (SIMP, FNG, AND MISC INFO). Explain the purpose of the different CENTRIXS enclaves: [ref. a, ch. 7] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. CNFC GCTF CFE MCFI CNFJ CNFK CMFP NIDTS

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Explain the services provided by each CENTRIXS enclave. [ref. a, ch. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Explain the purpose of High Assurance Guard. [ref. a, ch. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Explain the use of SIPRNET to CENTRIXS cross domain solution. [ref. a, ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Discuss mail guard usage. [ref. a, ch. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

97 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

127
127.6

COMBINED ENTERPRISE REGIONAL INFORMATION EXCHANGE SYSTEM (CENTRIXS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Explain the requirements for Radiant Mercury guard. [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.7

Explain the requirements for Reverse OWL guard. [ref. a, ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.8

Explain the requirements for New Generation DII guard. [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.9

Explain the flow of an email from a SIPRNET user to a CENTRIXS user. [ref. a, ch. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.10

Discuss the file extensions currently permitted as attachments in an e-mail. [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.11

Explain how emails must be formatted for CENTRIXS. [ref. a, ch. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.12

Discuss how an outage on SIPRNET affects CENTRIXS connectivity. [ref. a, ch. 7] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.13

Discuss Air Gap replication, including how often information is replicated. [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

98 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

127
127.14

COMBINED ENTERPRISE REGIONAL INFORMATION EXCHANGE SYSTEM (CENTRIXS) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Explain the function of MTA. [ref. a, ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.15

Discuss the primary function of C2PC. [ref. a, ch. 7; ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

99 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

128 128 COLLABORATION AT SEA (CAS) FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] 128.1 NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications 2006 SPAWAR C4ISR CD (SIMP, FNG, AND MISC INFO) Discuss the use of the Registration portal. [ref. b] ___________________________________ [Signature and Date] .2 Discuss how to create a CAS account. [ref. b] ___________________________________ [Signature and Date] .3 Discuss how to edit a CAS account. [ref. b] ___________________________________ [Signature and Date] .4 Discuss how to look up a CAS account. [ref. b] ___________________________________ [Signature and Date] .5 Discuss when and how to reset a CAS account password. [ref. b] ___________________________________ [Signature and Date] .6 Discuss locked CAS accounts. [ref. b] ___________________________________ [Signature and Date] Explain the use of CAS. [ref. a, ch. 8; ref. b] ___________________________________ [Signature and Date]

.7

101 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

129

129 GLOBAL COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM MARITIME (GCCS-M) FUNDAMENTALS

References: [a] [b] [c] Global Command and Control System Maritime (GCCS-M) Manufacturer's PC Operating Manual Global Command and Control System Maritime (GCCS-M) Afloat System Administration Course Global Command and Control System Maritime (GCCS-M) Defense Information Infrastructure (DII) / Common Operating Environment (COE) 3.1 Basic System Administration Tools Discuss and define the following terms: [refs. a thru c] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. Quick load Process DAT (4MM/8MM) Xterm Tracks Byte Buffer Cache Copy CPU Cursor Delete Directories Host file ATO File names Formatting Memory Peripheral equipment s. t. u. v. w. x. y. z. aa. ab. ac. ad. ae. af. ag. ah. ai. aj. Quit RAM ROM Save Virus Wild cards JMHS TTY PID USERNAME PRI NI SIZE RES STATE TIME %WCPU COMMAND

129.1

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Discuss the roles and function of the following user profiles: [refs. b, c] a. b. c. d. SECMAN SYSADMIN JMCIS DBADMIN

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

103 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

129
129.3

GLOBAL COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM MARITIME (GCCS-M) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Discuss and describe the use of the following UNIX commands: [refs. b, c] m. undelete n. xcopy a. time o. mv b. ls p. defrag c. cd q. grep d. md r. mkdir e. rd s. rmdir f. del t. rm g. ren u. more h. cp v. cat i. chkdsk w. head j. format x. tail k. diskcopy y. pwd l. unformat ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.4

Discuss the functions of the following GCCS-M Databases: [refs. b, c] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. TDBM GMI RDBMS NID EPL NERF IMDB REFDB PROCSTORE MHSSDS MIDB

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

104 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

129
129.5

GLOBAL COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM MARITIME (GCCS-M) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


Explain the steps involved in the Quick load process. [refs. b, c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.6

Explain the steps involved in the Segment loading process. [refs. b, c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.7

Discuss the purpose and procedure of conducting daily/nightly reboots. [refs. b, c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.8

Discuss the process of clearing out the TDBM. [refs. b, c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.9

Discuss the purpose of Unixs Vi Editor and the associated operating modes. [refs. b, c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.10

State the function of the following Vi editors cursor/word/line movement commands: [refs. b, c] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. H J K L #W #B #E G A R J ZZ

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

105 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

130 130 NETWORK OPERATIONS CENTER (NOC) FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] 130.1 NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications, Ch. 2 Global Communications Information Bulletin 3A (GCIB-3A) Discuss the following sites, where they are located, what their functions are and which customers they service: [ref. a] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. Defense Information Systems Agency European Central Region Network Operations Center Global Network Operations and Security Center Indian Ocean Region Network Operations Center Marine Corps Network Operations and Security Center Navy Cyber Defense Operations Center Navy Network Information Center Navy Root DNS NMCI ONE-NET Pacific Region Network Operations Center Unified Atlantic Region Network Operations Center

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Define and describe the following terms: [ref. a] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. ADMS/Legacy ADNS AoR ATO/IATO CHOP DISN HSGR N2N ENMS/TMS

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Describe the necessary information needed for an IP Services Request message. [ref. b, par. 5] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

107 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

131 131 COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) FUNDAMENTALS


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] 131.1 NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications OPNAVINST 3120.32C, Standard Organization and Regulations of the U.S. Navy (SORM) NAVEDTRA 14222, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 1-Administration and Security Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Discuss the functions of the following areas: [ref. a, ch. 1; ref. d] a. b. c. MPC (fleet center) Technical/Facility Control IWS

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Discuss the functions of the following communications watch stations: [ref. c, ch. 2; ref. d] a. b. c. d. CWO MPC Supervisor Technical Control (TST) Supervisor IWS

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Describe the functional relationships of communications to the following departments/individuals: [ref. b, ch. 3; ref. d] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. CO XO Operations CDO/OOD NAVCOMMTELSTA/NCTAMS RITSC Earth stations Communications/Radio Officer Navigation Combat systems/weapons Engineering

109 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

131
131.3

COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) FUNDAMENTALS (CONTD)


l. m. n. o. p. q. Supply Deck Admin/Dental/Medical Air detachment Embarked staff CSOOW

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

110 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

200 200.1

INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS BASIC BUILDING BLOCKS


In this section, the equipment is broken down into smaller, more comprehensible, functional systems as basic building blocks in the learning process. Each system is written to reflect specific watchstation requirements by identifying the equipment most relevant to one or more designated watchstanders. The less complex systems may be identified and covered quickly or relegated to a lower priority to permit greater emphasis on more significant or complex systems.

200.2

COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS


For learning purposes each system is disassembled into two levels. Systems have components and components have parts. Do not expect to see every item which appears on a parts list to be in the PQS. Only those items which must be understood for operation/maintenance are listed. Normally a number of very broad (overview) systems are disassembled into their components or parts with the big picture as the learning goal. Items listed as components in such a system may then be analyzed as separate systems and broken down into components and parts. Example: the turbogenerators may be listed as a component of the Ships Service Electrical Distribution system and then later detailed as an individual system for closer study.

200.3

FORMAT
Each system is organized within the following format: It lists the references to be used for study and asks you to explain the function of each system. It asks for the static facts of what or where the components and component parts are in relation to the system. It directs attention to the dynamics of how the component and component parts operate to make the system function. It specifies the parameters that must be immediately recalled. It requires study of the relationship between the system being studied and other systems or areas.

111 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

200 200.4

INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS (CONTD) HOW TO COMPLETE


The systems you must complete are listed in the Prerequisites section of each watchstation. When you have mastered one or more systems, contact your Qualifier. The Qualifier will give you an oral examination on each system and, if satisfied you have sufficient knowledge of the system, will sign the appropriate system line items. You will be expected to demonstrate through oral or written examination a thorough understanding of each system required for your watchstation.

112 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

201 201 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V2

References: [a] NCTS 50C1012 OM-V2R11, Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 Operators Manual [b] Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) [c] Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) [d] OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat _________________________ GRAPHICS BASE LINE _________________________ 201.1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref. a, chs. 2, 3; refs. b, c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. 201.1.1 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? What are the interlocks? Questions ABCDGH ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG

NAVMACS V-2 a. AN/UYK-20(V) CPU front panel controls 1. Circuit breaker on/off switch 2. Blower power on/off switch 3. Blower power indicator 4. Logic power on/off switch 5. Logic power indicator 6. Power fault indicator 7. Power fault CLR switch 8. Program fault indicator 9. Program fault CLR switch 10. Program run indicator

113 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

201

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 (CONTD)


a. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. Over temperature indicator Audible alarm Alarm enable/disable/test Battle short on/off switch Battle short indicator Bootstrap 1-2 switch Load/stop switch Auto start/start switch Stop switch MA clear push button switch Program run indicator/switch Power fault indicator/switch Program fault indicator/switch Program stop indicator Program stop 1/off switch Program stop 2/off switch Mode micro step indicator/switch Mode OP step indicator/switch Mode run indicator/switch Processor disable RT CLK disable/Int/Ext switch Processor disable ADV P switch Processor disable intercomputer time out switch Break PT read/off switch Break PT write/off switch Diagnostic JP switch Diagnostic display switch Register/data 0 through 15 indicators/switches Alter mode set/clear switch Register/data SWT/CLR push button Micro ADRS indicator/switch Micro INSTR indicator/switch Normal DSPL indicator/switch INSTR REG indicator/switch GENL DISP indicator/switch GENL REG indicator/switch Display number 3, 2, 1, 0 indicators/switches Display select CLR switch Time meter Questions ABG ABG ABG ABEFG ABEFG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG

201.1.1

114 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

201

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 (CONTD)


b. CV-3022/UG controls 1. Power on/off switch 2. Channel monitor selector switch 3. Channel monitor (loop current meter) 4. 130 Vdc indicator 5. 115 Vdc indicator 6. Teletype current adjust 7. Patching channels Controls on the TT-624(V)/UG line printer RD-396(V)1/U cassette magnetic tape unit 1. Equipment front panel (a) Power on/off switch (b) Power indicator (c) Recorder select switch 2. Recorder control panel(s) 3. Read/write heads AN/USH-26(V) CMTU 1. Front panel (a) Master clear switch (b) Over temperature indicator (c) Alarm enable/off/test switch (d) Bat short on/off switch (e) Bat short indicator (f) Power indicator (g) Power on/off switch (h) CMPTR1 indicator (i) CMPTR2 indicator (j) CMPTR1/MPX/CMPTR2 switch (k) Drive operator INT indicator (l) Drive busy indicator (m) Drive safe indicator (n) Drive select indicator (o) Audible alarm 2. Tape drive assembly (a) Drive hot indicator (b) Drive online/offline switch (c) Drive eject/unload control (d) CMTU time meter Questions ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABCDGJ ABCDGJ AB ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABCDEGI ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABGI ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABFG ABG ABG ABG

201.1.1

c. d.

e.

115 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

201

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 (CONTD)


f. RD-397(V)/U HSPTR/P 1. Power switch 2. Power indicator 3. Rewind/off/take-up switch 4. Remote/dupe/test switch 5. Punch/off/leader switch 6. Slew left/right switch 7. Online/load switch 8. Read/start push button/indicator 9. Tape level 5-8-7 switch Questions ABCDEG ABG ABG ABGI ABGI ABGI ABGI ABGI ABGI ABGI

201.1.1

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 201.2 201.2.1 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. a, ch. 12, app. B; ref. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 201.3 201.4 201.4.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [ref. a, ch. 12; ref. c] a. b. .2 Loss of air-conditioning Loss of 400 Hz power

.2

How does this system interface with the following: [refs. b, c] a. b. c. NOW terminal AN/UGC-143 keyboard (if applicable) CUDIXS

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

116 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

201
201.5 201.5.1

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 (CONTD)


SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

117 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

202 202 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II)

References: [a] EE685-CM-SUM-010/NAVMACSII (HP) (Rev. 01), Naval Modular Automated Communications System II, (NAVMACS II), AN/SYQ-7A(V) & 7B(V) System User Manual, Volume 1, Operational Procedures and Instructions Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref. a, ch. 2; refs. b, c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? What are the interlocks? Questions ABCDFGH ABCDGIJ ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABG ABEFG ABEFG

[b] [c] [d] [e]

202.1

202.1.1

NAVMACS II a. AN/SYQ-7A(V) 1. Circuit breaker on/off switch 2. Blower power on/off switch 3. Blower power indicator 4. Over temperature indicator 5. Audible alarm 6. Alarm enable/disable/test 7. Battle short on/off switch 8. Battle short indicator

119 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

202

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) (CONTD)


b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. Keyboard Monitor CPU Printer UPS Associated crypto X terminal VME chassis 1. 3.5 floppy drive 2. 5.25 floppy drive 3. DVD drive DAT tape drive Broadcast FSM CUDIXS Afloat SHF GATEGUARD Questions ABG ABCG ABCG ABCG ABCFG ABCDGH ABCDGI ABCDGI ABG ABG ABG ABG ABCDGHI ABCDGHI ABCDGHI ABCDGHI

202.1.1

j. k. l. m. n.

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 202.2 202.2.1 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a block diagram of the following systems and show the path: [refs. b, c] a. b. c. d. .2 .3 CUDIX Fleet broadcast FSM Afloat GATEGUARD

Explain the proper power up/power down procedures. [refs. b, c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

202.3

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed.

120 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

202
202.4 202.4.1

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) (CONTD)


SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. b, c] a. b. Loss of 400 Hz power Loss of air-conditioning

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 202.5 202.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

121 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

203 203 SA-2112(V)/STQ SINGLE AUDIO SYSTEM (SAS) (RED)


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 203.1 EE107-AA-OMI-010/E110SA 2112 CHG1, Operation and Maintenance Instructions, Switching Matrix, SA-2112 (V)/STQ Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref. a, ch. 4; refs. b, c] A. B. C. D. E. 203.1.1 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What is the function of each position? Questions A ABC AB AB ABE AB ABE ABE AB AB ABE ABE

SA-2112(V)/STQ SAS (red) a. Control and status panel 1. MONITOR PLAIN/CIPHER indicators/selectors 2. MONITOR DETECT/PTT ON/DISCONNECT indicators 3. Local/remote MODE selector 4. FUNCTION CLEAR selector 5. MONITOR connect/disconnect selector 6. PROGRAM assign/deny selector 7. STATUS CONNECT selector 8. STATUS ASSIGN selector 9. STATUS MONITOR, CONNECT, ASSIGN, TRUNK/SHORT affected selector 10. LINE/CHANNEL/TRUNK selector/LED display

123 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

203
203.1.1

SA-2112(V)/STQ SINGLE AUDIO SYSTEM (SAS) (RED) (CONTD)


a. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. Operation ILLEGAL/UNAVAILABLE/COMPLETE lights Status OVERFLOW selector Keyboard numerals and CLEAR button ENTER selector FAULT OVERFLOW selector/LED display ALARM SILENCE/FAULT RESET selectors PANEL TEST selector Questions AB AB AB AB AB AB AB ABC ABD AB AB AB AB AB ABC AB AB AB AB AB AB

b.

Power supply panel 1. Circuit breakers 2. Blower fuses 3. Hours meter Air intake panel 1. Input power switch 2. AC power indicator

c.

.2

Telephone sets a. b. c. PTT/HOOK switch PLAIN/CIPHER/DISCONNECT/DETECT indicators REMOTE CHANNEL SELECT 1. REQUEST push button 2. Dim control 3. READY/NO ACCESS indicators

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 203.2 203.2.1 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [ref. a, ch. 4] State the proper procedure of the following: [ref. a, ch. 4] a. b. c. .3 Select a channel from a remote telephone set Perform manual patching Assign lines/channels/trunks

.2

What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. a, ch. 7]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 124 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

203
203.3 203.4 203.4.1

SA-2112(V)/STQ SINGLE AUDIO SYSTEM (SAS) (RED) (CONTD)


PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE How does a loss of electrical power affect the operation of this system? [ref. a, ch. 7] How does this system interface with the following: [ref. a, ch. 8] a. b. c. Secure voice systems Non-secure voice systems EMS

.2

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 203.5 203.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

125 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

204 204 SA-2112A(V)/STQ SINGLE AUDIO SYSTEM (SAS) (BLACK)


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 204.1 SA-2112A (V) STQ-Single Audio System (SAS) Applicable Manufacturer's Technical Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. 204.1.1 What is its function? Where is it located? Questions A AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB

SA-2112A(V)/STQ SAS (black) a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. PTT ON indicator Mode selector FUNCTION CLEAR button MONITOR connect/disconnect button PROGRAM connect/disconnect button STATUS CONNECT pushbutton STATUS MONITOR pushbutton Status TRK SHT/LN AFCTD pushbutton OPERATION ILLEGAL indicator light OPERATION UNAVAILABLE indicator light OPERATION COMPLETE indicator light STATUS OVERFLOW pushbutton ENTER pushbutton FAULT NUMBER/LOCATION display FAULT OVERFLOW pushbutton

127 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

204
204.1.1

SA-2112A(V)/STQ SINGLE AUDIO SYSTEM (SAS) (BLACK) (CONTD)


p. q. r. s. t. ALARM SILENCE pushbutton FAULT RESET pushbutton BATTLE SHORT switch LAMP TEST pushbutton Hand set Questions AB AB AB AB AB

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 204.2 204.2.1 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] Explain the proper procedures to: [refs. a thru c] a. b. c. d. .3 Energize set Program line-to-trunk connection Monitor connection Upload/download system configuration

.2

What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. a] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

204.3 204.4 204.4.1 .2

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE How does a loss of electrical power affect the operation of this system? [ref. a] How does this system interface with the following: [ref. a] a. b. c. d. e. Audio-terminal equipment MF/HF transmitters/receivers UHF/VHF transmitters/receivers/transceivers HFRG EMS

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

128 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

204
204.5 204.5.1

SA-2112A(V)/STQ SINGLE AUDIO SYSTEM (SAS) (BLACK) (CONTD)


SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

129 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

205 205 AUTOMATED NETWORK CONTROL CENTER (ANCC)


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 205.1 Automated Network Control Center (ANCC) Applicable Manufacturer's Technical Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the probable indications if this component fails? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

205.1.1

ANCC a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. RIU RMSA 2000 RED/BLACK RMSA 4000 SPS 64 MPS 16 System Control Processor MCM-16 PIM AIM 800 DIM-414-3 DIH-264 DTB/DTB-530 DCB/DCB-530

131 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

205
205.1.1

AUTOMATED NETWORK CONTROL CENTER (ANCC) (CONTD)


n. o. p. DIU-6HS DIU-6LS IXS Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 205.2 205.2.1 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. a thru c] Explain the following functions: [ref. a] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. FILTER ON CCSD Macro Query Test Loopback Unloop Connect/Disconnect Test Connect/Disconnect Ports MTRX Outage Broadcast Connect/Disconnect

.2 .3

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 205.3 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS: None to be discussed.

132 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

205
205.4 205.4.1

AUTOMATED NETWORK CONTROL CENTER (ANCC) (CONTD)


SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. b, c] a. b. c. Loss/fluctuation of electrical power Loss of power supply Corrupt database

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 205.5 205.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

133 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

206 206 AN/USQ-155 (V)1 TACTICAL VARIANT SWITCH (TVS)


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] 206.1 AN/USQ-155 (V) Tactical Variant Switch (TVS) Manufacturer's Technical Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. 206.1.1 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What is the function of each position? Questions ABCE ABC AB AB ABE AB ABE ABE AB AB ABE ABE AB AB

AN/USQ-155 (V)1- TVS a. Control and status panel 1. Control PC with CorScan 2. Interface Control Processor 3. Red Conference Switch 4. Black Tactical Switch 5. Red Matrix Engine 6. I/O Cards 7. Recorder PCU 8. Trunk PCU 9. Private Branch Exchange 10. Black Matrix Unit 11. Line PCU 12. PCU Chassis

135 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

206
206.1.1

AN/USQ-155 (V)1 TACTICAL VARIANT SWITCH (TVS) (CONTD)


b. Power supply panel 1. Circuit breakers 2. Blower fuses Questions ABC ABD AB

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 206.2 206.2.1 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [ref. a] What is the proper procedure to: [ref. a] a. b. .3 Perform manual patching Assign lines/channels/trunks

.2

What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. a] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

206.3 206.4 206.4.1

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE How does a loss of electrical power affect the operation of this system? [ref. a] How does this system interface with the following: [ref. a] a. b. Secure voice systems Non-secure voice systems

.2

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

136 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

206
206.5 206.5.1

AN/USQ-155 (V)1 TACTICAL VARIANT SWITCH (TVS) (CONTD)


SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

137 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

207 207 FLEET SINGLE-CHANNEL RADIO TELETYPEWRITER BROADCAST (TYPE M) SYSTEM

References: [a] [b] [c] [d] SPAWARINST 2700.1, Communications Quality Monitoring System, Ch. 4, Sec. 5 Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat _________________________ GRAPHICS BASE LINE _________________________ 207.1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position?

207.1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11

Questions Fleet single-channel radio teletypewriter broadcast (type M) system ACDFG Receive antenna ABFG Receive antenna patch panel ABF Receive antenna filter/coupler ABF Receiver ABDFGH Receiver transfer switchboard (patch panel) ABF Converter/comparator group ABDFGH Black patch panel ABF Associated crypto devices ABCDEFGH Red patch panel ABF NOW/NAVMACS ABCFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

139 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

207
207.2 207.2.1

FLEET SINGLE-CHANNEL RADIO TELETYPEWRITER BROADCAST (TYPE M) SYSTEM (CONTD)


PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] Draw a diagram of this system and show the path of: [refs. b, c] a. b. c. .3 RF from the antenna to receiver AF from the receiver to the converter/comparator dc from the converter/comparator to the NOW terminal

.2

What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. a, c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

207.3

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed, answer the following questions: [ref. a] A. B. C. D. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD

207.3.1 .2 .3

Receiver audio output level Red/Black patch panel monitoring Converter/comparator levels ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

140 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

207
207.4 207.4.1

FLEET SINGLE-CHANNEL RADIO TELETYPEWRITER BROADCAST (TYPE M) SYSTEM (CONTD)


SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. a, c] a. b. c. .2 Adverse atmospheric conditions Loss of signal Shipboard RFI

How does this system interface with NAVMACS? [refs. b, c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

207.5 207.5.1

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

141 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

208 208 FLEET MULTI-CHANNEL RADIO TELETYPEWRITER BROADCAST (TYPE N) SYSTEM

References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] SPAWARINST 2700.1, Communications Quality Monitoring System, Ch. 4, Sec. 6 Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat EE132-AN-MMO-010/AN/USQ-122A(V) Technical Manual, USQ-122(V) Data Terminal Set SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c; ref. e] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position?

208.1

208.1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8

Questions Fleet multi-channel radio teletypewriter broadcast (type N) system ACDGH Receive antenna ABGH SSR-1 ABCDEGHI USQ-122A(V) High Speed Fleet BCST System ABCDEFGHI Black patch panel ABG Associated crypto devices ABCDFGHI Red patch panel ABG NOW/NAVMACS ABCGH ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

143 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

208
208.2 208.2.1

FLEET MULTI-CHANNEL RADIO TELETYPEWRITER BROADCAST (TYPE N) SYSTEM (CONTD)


PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] Draw a diagram of this system and show the path of: [refs. a thru c] a. b. c. .3 RF from the antenna to the receiver AF from the receiver to the multi-channel terminal equipment dc from the multi-channel terminal equipment to the printer

.2

What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

208.3

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed, answer the following questions: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD

208.3.1 .2

Red/Black patch panel monitoring Terminal equipment levels ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

144 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

208
208.4 208.4.1

FLEET MULTI-CHANNEL RADIO TELETYPEWRITER BROADCAST (TYPE N) SYSTEM (CONTD)


SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. a, c] a. b. c. Adverse atmospheric conditions Loss of signal/satellite Shipboard RFI

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 208.5 208.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

145 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

209 209 HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) RADIO TELETYPEWRITER SHIP/SHORE/SHIP (TYPE D/G) SYSTEM

References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 209.1 Applicable High Frequency (HF) Radio Teletypewriter Technical Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. 209.1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions HF Radio teletypewriter ship/shore/ship (type D/G) system Receive antenna Receive antenna patch panel Receive antenna filter/coupler Receiver Receiver transfer switchboard (patch panel) Tone terminal equipment (send/receive) Black patch panel Associated crypto devices Red patch panel ACDGH ABCDGH ABG ABCDGH ABCDEFGHI ABGHI ABGH ABG ABCDFGHI ABG

147 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

209

HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) RADIO TELETYPEWRITER SHIP/SHORE/SHIP (TYPE D/G) (CONTD)


NOW/NAVMACS Crypto remote control transfer panel Crypto remote control Transmitter transfer switchboard (patch panel) Transmitter Transmitter coupler Converter Amplifier Transmitter antenna patch panel Transmitter antenna Transmitter remote control ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Questions ABCGH ABGH ABGH ABGH ABCDGHI ABCDG ABCDG ABCDG ABG ABCDEGH ABGH

209.1.11 .12 .13 .14 .15 .16 .17 .18 .19 .20 .21

209.2 209.2.1

PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] Draw a diagram of Delta/Golf systems and show the signal flow. [refs. b, c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2 .3

148 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

209
209.3

HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) RADIO TELETYPEWRITER SHIP/SHORE/SHIP (TYPE D/G) (CONTD)


PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed, answer the following questions: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

209.3.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6

Receiver audio output level Terminal equipment receive audio level Terminal equipment send level Red/Black Patch panel monitoring Transmit power level Voltage standing-wave ratio ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

209.4 209.4.1

SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. b, c] a. b. c. d. Adverse atmospheric conditions Loss of signal Loss of power Shipboard RFI

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 209.5 209.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

149 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

210 210 BATTLE FORCE EMAIL (BFEM) SYSTEM


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] Battle Force Electronic Mail System Operating Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the function of each position? Questions ABCDEF ABC ABCG AB ABC ABCDF ABCDG ABCDG ABCDG

210.1

210.1.1

BFEM system a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Client Server Ethernet LAN (4 port hub) Level converter Crypto device HF modem HF transmitter HF receiver

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

151 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

210
210.2 210.2.1

BATTLE FORCE EMAIL (BFEM) SYSTEM (CONTD)


PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [ref. a] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. a] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

210.3 210.4 210.4.1

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: a. b. c. d. Adverse atmospheric conditions [refs. b, c] Loss/fluctuation of electrical power [refs. b, c] Loss of air-conditioning [refs. b, c] Incorrect STANAG address listing [ref. a]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 210.5 210.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

152 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

211 211 HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) NON-SECURE VOICE (TYPE Y) SYSTEM


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] SPAWARINST 2700.1, Communications Quality Monitoring System, Ch. 4, Sec. 13 Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ACDEGH ABCDGHI ABCDGH ABG ABCDGHI ABG ABCDGFHI ABCDFGHI ABG ABG

211.1

211.1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10

HF non-secure voice (type Y) system Receiver antenna Receiver antenna patch panel Receiver antenna coupler/filter Receiver Receiver transfer switchboard (patch panel) Associated crypto devices Remote switching unit (matrix) SVPA Transmitter transfer switchboard (patch panel)

153 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

211
211.1.11 .12 .13 .14

HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) NON-SECURE VOICE (TYPE Y) SYSTEM (CONTD)


Transmitter Transmitter antenna patch panel Transmitter antenna coupler Transmitter antenna ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Questions ABCDGHI ABG ABG AB

211.2 211.2.1 .2

PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of this system and show signal flow. [refs. a thru c] How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. a, c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.3

211.3

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed, answer the following questions: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD

211.3.1 .2 .3

Receiver audio levels Transmitter output power levels Voltage standing-wave ratio ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

154 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

211
211.4 211.4.1

HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) NON-SECURE VOICE (TYPE Y) SYSTEM (CONTD)


SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. a, c] a. b. c. d. Adverse atmospheric conditions Loss of signal Shipboard RFI Loss of power

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 211.5 211.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

155 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

212 212 HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) SECURE VOICE (TYPE S) SYSTEM


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a, b] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ACDGH ABCDGHI ABCDGH ABG ABCDGHI ABG ABCDFGHI ABCDEGHI ABG ABG ABCDGHI ABG ABG AB

212.1

212.1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 .12 .13 .14

HF secure voice (type S) system Receiver antenna Receiver antenna patch panel Receiver antenna coupler/filter Receiver Receiver transfer switchboard (patch panel) Associated crypto devices Remote switching unit (matrix) SVPA Transmitter transfer switchboard (patch panel) Transmitter Transmitter antenna patch panel Transmitter antenna coupler Transmitter antenna ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

157 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

212
212.2 212.2.1 .2

HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) SECURE VOICE (TYPE S) SYSTEM (CONTD)


PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of this system and show signal flow. [refs. a, b] How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a, b] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.3

212.3

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed, answer the following questions: [ref. a] A. B. C. D. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD

212.3.1 .2 .3

Receiver audio levels Transmitter output power levels Voltage standing-wave ratio ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

212.4 212.4.1

SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. a, b] a. b. c. d. e. Adverse atmospheric conditions Loss of signal Shipboard RFI Loss of power Loss of crypto

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

158 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

212
212.5 212.5.1

HIGH FREQUENCY (HF) SECURE VOICE (TYPE S) SYSTEM (CONTD)


SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. c, d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

159 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

213

213 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) RADIO TELETYPEWRITER (TYPE B/C) SYSTEM

References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 213.1 Applicable Ultra High Frequency Radio Teletypewriter Tech Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. 213.1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ACDGH ABCDGH ABG ABCDGH ABCDEFGHI ABGHI ABGH ABG ABCDFGHI ABG

UHF radio teletypewriter (type B/C) system Antenna Antenna patch panel Antenna filter/coupler Transceiver Receiver transfer switchboard (patch panel) Tone terminal equipment (send/receive) Black patch panel Associated crypto devices Red patch panel

161 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

213

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) RADIO TELETYPEWRITER (TYPE B/C) SYSTEM (CONTD)
NOW/NAVMACS Crypto remote control transfer panel Crypto remote control Transmitter transfer switchboard (patch panel) Transmitter remote control Converter Amplifiers ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Questions ABCGH ABGH ABGH ABGH ABGH ABGH ABGH

213.1.11 .12 .13 .14 .15 .16 .17

213.2 213.2.1 .2

PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of both systems and show the signal flow. [refs. b, c] How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.3

162 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

213
213.3

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) RADIO TELETYPEWRITER (TYPE B/C) SYSTEM (CONTD)
PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed, answer the following questions: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

213.3.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6

Receiver audio output level Terminal equipment receive audio level Terminal equipment send level Black/Red patch panel monitoring Transmit power level Voltage standing-wave ratio ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

213.4 213.4.1

SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. b, c] a. b. c. d. Scintillation Loss of signal Loss of dc power Shipboard RFI

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 213.5 213.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

163 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

214 214 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) NON-SECURE VOICE (TYPE U) SYSTEM

References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] SPAWARINST 2700.1, Communications Quality Monitoring System, Ch. 4, Sec. 11 Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ACDGH ACDGHI ABDGH ABCDEGHI ABG ABCDFGHI ABCDEGHI ABG ABGl

214.1

214.1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9

UHF non-secure voice (type U) system Antenna Antenna coupler Transceiver Receiver transfer switchboard (patch panel) Associated crypto devices Remote switching unit (matrix) SVPA Transmitter transfer patch panel ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

165 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

214
214.2 214.2.1 .2

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) NON-SECURE VOICE (TYPE U) SYSTEM (CONTD)


PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of this system and show signal flow. [refs. a thru c] How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. a, c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.3

214.3

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed, answer the following questions: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD

214.3.1 .2 .3

Receive audio levels Transmitter output power level Voltage standing-wave ratio ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

166 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

214
214.4 214.4.1

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) NON-SECURE VOICE (TYPE U) SYSTEM (CONTD)


SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. a, c] a. b. c. d. Adverse atmospheric conditions Loss of signal Shipboard RFI Loss of power

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 214.5 214.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

167 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

215 215 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SECURE VOICE (TYPE R) SYSTEM
References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 215.1 SPAWARINST 2700.1, Communications Quality Monitoring System, Ch. 4, Sec. 9 Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat, Vol. II, Ch. C9 OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. 215.1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ACDFGH ACDGHI ABDGH ABCDEGHI ABG ABCDFGHI ABCDEGHI ABG ABGl

UHF secure voice (type R) system Antenna Antenna coupler Transceiver Receiver transfer switchboard (patch panel) Associated crypto devices Remote switching unit (matrix) SVPA Transmitter transfer patch panel ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

169 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

215
215.2 215.2.1 .2

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SECURE VOICE (TYPE R) SYSTEM (CONTD)


PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of this system and show signal flow. [refs. a thru c] How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. a, c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.3

215.3

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed, answer the following questions: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD

215.3.1 .2 .3

Receive audio levels Transmitter output power level Voltage standing-wave ratio ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

215.4 215.4.1

SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. a, c] a. b. c. d. Adverse atmospheric conditions Loss of signal Shipboard RFI Loss of power

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

170 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

215
215.5 215.5.1

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SECURE VOICE (TYPE R) SYSTEM (CONTD)


SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

171 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

216 216 SATELLITE INFORMATION EXCHANGE SUBSYSTEM (IXS)


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] NTP 2, Section 2 (E), Navy Ultra High Frequency Satellite Communications Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ABCG Transceiver Interconnecting group Cryptographic equipment Red/black patch panel NOW/NAVMACS Antenna ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCEFG ABCEF ABEF

216.1

216.1.1

IXS a. b. c. d. e. f.

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

173 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

216
216.2 216.2.1 .2

SATELLITE INFORMATION EXCHANGE SUBSYSTEM (IXS) (CONTD)


PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of this system and show signal flow. [refs. b, c] How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] What is the proper procedure to accomplish the following: [refs. b, c] a. b. c. d. e. .4 Activation Deactivation Frequency shifts Loss of crypto Loss of signal

.3

What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. a, c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

216.3 216.4 216.4.1

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. a thru c] a. b. c. d. e. f. Loss/fluctuation of power Loss of air-conditioning Loss of transmission media Loss of frequency standard Atmospheric conditions Shipboard RFI/EMI

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 216.5 216.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 174 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

217 217 SINGLE CHANNEL GROUND AND AIRBORNE RADIO SYSTEM (SINCGARS)
AN/SRC-54, Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS), Orientation and Familiarization Handbook Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ABCDE ABCE ABCDE ABCDEFG ABCEF ABCDEFG ABCDEFG References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e]

217.1

217.1.1

SINCGARS a. b. c. d. e. f. SRCS SIU Multicouplers Antennas Transceiver Crypto

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

175 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

217
217.2 217.2.1 .2 .3

SINGLE CHANNEL GROUND AND AIRBORNE RADIO SYSTEM (SINCGARS) (CONTD)


PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a block diagram of the system and show signal flow. [ref. b] How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [ref. a] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. b, c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

217.3 217.4 217.4.1

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. b, c] a. b. c. d. Loss of air-conditioning Loss/variation of power Loss of master controller Loss of portable radios

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 217.5 217.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

176 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

218 218 AN/USC-38 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEM

References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] [h] [i] 218.1 EE130-AG-HBK-030 VOL. 2 REVISION 01, USC-38 Satellite CommunicationsGeneral, System Users Handbook Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 Shipboard RCSS NECC Manual Satellite Communications FOT Vol. 1 Fireberd 6000A Reference Manual SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: A. B. C. D. E. F. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? Questions ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF

218.1.1 .2

EHF satellite communications [refs. b, c, f] EHF communications equipment group a. b. c. d. e Legacy [ref. c] FOT [ref. a] NECC [ref. g, ch. 1] TIP [ref. f] Cryptographic device [ref. a]

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

177 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

218
218.2 218.2.1 .2 .3

AN/USC-38 EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEM (CONTD)
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of the system and show signal flow. [ref. b] How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. b, c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

218.3 218.4 218.4.1

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: a. b. c. d. e. f. .2 Unauthorized movement of the spot beam [ref. a, ch. 4] Improper use of TRANSEC keys [ref. a, Figure 2] Relation of allocated bandwidth to circuit availability [ref. a] Loss of power [ref. h, ch. 7] Loss of navigational data input [ref. h, ch. 7] Atmospheric conditions [ref. a, ch. 3]

How does this system interface with the following: [ref. a, ch. 5; ref. h, chs. 1-5, 1-6] a. b. MILSTAR satellite interoperability with other MILSTAR satellites MILSTAR satellite interoperability with UFO-E and FLTSAT satellites

.3

What are the FIREBERD settings to perform a BER test? [ref. i] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

218.5 218.5.1

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e; ref. h, ch. 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

178 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

219 219 ADVANCED DIGITAL MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM (ADMS) ST-1000


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] 219.1 ADMS ST-1000 System Administrators Guide, Rev. 8 Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat Fireberd 6000A Reference Manual Synchrony SNMS Operations HSGR TNX-1100 User/Admin SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref. a, ch. 3; refs. b, c, f] A. B. C. D. E. 219.1.1 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? Questions ABCDE AB AB ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE

ST-1000 a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. Power switch Alarm status NCP-3 SDM-8E V.11 T1M-4 DS1 LGM-2 ASM-16C ASM-12 LXM RXM

179 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

219

ADVANCED DIGITAL MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM (ADMS) ST-1000 (CONTD)


k. l. m. SGM CPS SNMS Questions ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE

219.1.1

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 219.2 219.2.1 .2 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a system diagram and show signal flow. [refs. b, c] How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. a thru c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 219.3 219.3.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS Explain the commands for following procedures: [ref. a, chs. 5, 6; refs. c, f] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. .2 Setup and connect data link Setup and connect channel Setup phone lines Setup and connect high/low speed data circuits Perform loop testing Monitor and clear alarm queue Define and monitor system parameters

.3

What are the settings for performing a BER test? [ref. e, ch. 4] _____________________________ (Signature and Date)

180 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

219
219.4 219.4.1

ADVANCED DIGITAL MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM (ADMS) ST-1000 (CONTD)


SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. b, c] a. b. .2 Loss of signal Loss/fluctuation of power

How does ST-1000 interface with HSGR? [ref. g] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

219.5 219.5.1

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

181 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

220 220 LINK/2+


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 220.1 TimePlex Group LINK/2+ Command Message Summary and DIP Switch Summary Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat Fireberd 6000A Reference Manual SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. 220.1.1 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? Questions ABCDE AB AB ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE ABCDE

LINK/2+ a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. Power switch Alarm status QSP.2 QSP.12 ILP QAM FXS/FXO QVM EVM ILC NCL VSM QSC DRE DRC

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

183 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

220
220.2 220.2.1

LINK/2+ (CONTD)
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. a thru c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

220.3 220.3.1

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS Explain the commands for following procedures: [refs. a, c] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. .2 Setup and connect data link Setup and connect channel Setup phone lines Setup and connect high/low speed data circuits Perform loop testing Monitor and clear alarm queue Define and monitor system parameters

Explain the functions and limitations of the following: [ref. a] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. QSP.12 QSP.2 NCL ILC Backplane QAM QSC FXS/FXO VSM.3 VSM.5

.3

What are the settings for performing a BER test? [ref. e, ch. 4] _____________________________ (Signature and Date)

184 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

220
220.4 220.4.1

LINK/2+ (CONTD)
SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. b, c] a. b. Loss of signal Loss/fluctuation of power

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 220.5 220.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

185 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

221 221 AN/WSC-6 DEFENSE SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM SET


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] NTP 2, Section 1 (E), Navy Super High Frequency Satellite Communications AN/WSC-6 Applicable Manufacturers Technical Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Fireberd 6000A Reference Manual OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru d] A. B. C. D. E. F. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? Questions ABCDEF ABEF ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE

221.1

221.1.1 .2

AN/WSC-6 SHF SATCOM set WSC-6(V) antenna group a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. antenna antenna control unit servo electric unit low noise amplifier high noise amplifier electronics cabinet cesium beam frequency prime power distribution unit

187 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

221

AN/WSC-6 DEFENSE SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM SET (CONTD)


Modem group interface a. b. c. d. e. CQM-248A modem SLM-3650 modem MD-1366A EBEM modem 70 MHz patch panel/SB-4126/WSC IF patch panel SB-183/SB-4124/WSC data patch panel Questions ABEF ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE

221.1.3

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 221.2 221.2.1 .2 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a system diagram and show signal flow. [ref. c] How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [ref. b] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 221.3 221.3.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS What are the settings for performing a BER test? [ref e, ch. 4] _____________________________ (Signature and Date) 221.4 221.4.1 SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. b, d] a. b. c. d. Loss/fluctuation of power Loss of air-conditioning Loss of ships gyro Atmospheric conditions

.3

188 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

221
221.4.2

AN/WSC-6 DEFENSE SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM SET (CONTD)


How does this system interface with the following: [refs. a, d] a. b. c. Secure voice operation LDR data circuits HDR data circuits

_____________________________ (Signature and Date) 221.5 221.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. f] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

189 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

222 222 AN/WSC-8 COMMERCIAL WIDEBAND SATELLITE PROGRAM SYSTEM


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] 222.1 NTP 2, Section 1 (E), Navy Super High Frequency Satellite Communications AN/WSC-8 Applicable Manufacturers Technical Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat Fireberd 6000A Reference Manual SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru d] A. B. C. D. E. F. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? Questions ABCDEF ABEF ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE

222.1.1 .2

AN/WSC-8 SHF SATCOM set WSC-8(V) antenna group a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. antenna antenna control unit servo electric unit low noise amplifier high noise amplifier electronics cabinet cesium beam frequency prime power distribution unit

191 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

222

AN/WSC-8 COMMERCIAL WIDEBAND SATELLITE PROGRAM SYSTEM (CONTD)


Modem group interface a. b. c. d. e. CQM-248A modem MD-1030B modem MD-1366A EBEM modem 70 MHz patch panel/SB-4126/WSC IF patch panel SB-183/SB-4124/WSC data patch panel Questions ABEF ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE

222.1.3

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 222.2 222.2.1 .2 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a system diagram and show signal flow. [ref. c] How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [ref. b] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 222.3 222.3.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS What are the settings for performing a BER test? [ref. f, ch. 4] _____________________________ (Signature and Date) 222.4 222.4.1 SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. b, d] a. b. c. d. Loss/fluctuation of power Loss of air-conditioning Loss of ships gyro Atmospheric conditions

.3

192 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

222
222.4.2

AN/WSC-8 COMMERCIAL WIDEBAND SATELLITE PROGRAM SYSTEM (CONTD)


How does this system interface with the following: [refs. a, d] a. b. c. Secure voice operation LDR data circuits HDR data circuits

_____________________________ (Signature and Date) 222.5 222.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

193 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

223

AN/USR-10(V) GLOBAL BROADCAST SYSTEM (GBS)

References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] NTP 2, Section 1 (E), Navy Super High Frequency Satellite Communications EE160-AH-MMC-010 EE130-JQ-OMP-010/176-5 Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat

223.1

SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref. a; ref. b, ch 3; ref. c, ch. 1] A. B. C. D. E. F. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? Questions ABCDEF ABEF ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE ABE

223.1.1 .2

AN/USR-10(V) GBS SATCOM set AN/USR-10 (V) antenna group a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. antenna antenna control unit servo electric unit low noise amplifier high noise amplifier electronics cabinet cesium beam frequency prime power distribution unit CS-100s Computer Ethernet Switch Media Converters

195 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

223
223.1.2

AN/USR-10(V) GLOBAL BROADCAST SYSTEM (GBS) (CONTD)


l. m. n. o. KG-250 IRD DAS RBM Questions ABE ABE ABE ABE

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 223.2 223.2.1 .2 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a system diagram and show signal flow. [ref. d] How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [ref. b, chs. 3, 4; ref. c, ch. 1] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. c, ch 2] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 223.3 223.4 223.4.1 PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. b, d] a. b. c. d. .2 Loss/fluctuation of power Loss of air-conditioning Loss of ships gyro Atmospheric conditions

.3

How does this system interface with the following: [refs. a, d] a. b. c. d. SIPRNET NIPRNET JCA Imagery Video Broadcast

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

196 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

223
223.5 239.5.1

AN/USR-10(V) GLOBAL BROADCAST SYSTEM (GBS) (CONTD)


SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. e, f] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

197 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

224 224 SHIPBOARD COMMUNICATIONS QUALITY MONITORING SYSTEM


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] 224.1 SPAWARINST 2700.1, Communications Quality Monitoring System Applicable Quality Monitoring Technical Manual Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref. a, ch. 3; refs. b, c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 224.1.1 .2 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? Questions ABCDEFG ABF AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB

Shipboard communications quality monitoring system Analyzer/generator a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. PWR switch PWR indicator lamp Baud rate switch Multiplier Input select POL switch HI LVL SIG loop fuse Percent distortion Meter zero adjust Spacing lamp Signal Meter reset switch Transition select Distortion select

199 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

224

SHIPBOARD COMMUNICATIONS QUALITY MONITORING SYSTEM (CONTD)


o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. w. x. y. z. Code level switch Alarm lamp Marking lamp Stop length Function select Signal indicator lamp Step switch Type of distortion Distortion percentage, ten Distortion percentage, units CHAR 2 bit select CHAR 2 bit select Questions AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB ABF AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB

224.1.2

.3

Display unit a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. w. x. y. z. Calibrator Line Scale Trace align Focus Astigmatism Intensity Find beam Position Fine Magnifier Phase/bandwidth Display ac/dc EXT input Input ac-GND-dc coupling Volts/DIV Vernier CAL Polarity Position dc BAL Vertical display UNCAL Sweep display

200 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

224

SHIPBOARD COMMUNICATIONS QUALITY MONITORING SYSTEM (CONTD)


aa. ab. ac. ad. ae. af. ag. ah. ai. aj. ak. al. Time/DIV (main) Vernier (main) Trigger source (main) EXT input (main) Trigger coupling (main) Scope (main) Trigger level (main) Sweep mode (main) Reset (main) Delay (DIV) DELD TRIG output Intens ratio Questions AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB ABF ABF ABF AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB ABF AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB

224.1.3

.4 .5 .6

DC patch panel RF patch panel Tracking generator a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Line on/off Manual scan Track adjust Level RF output Third LO input First LO input Scan output

.7

Audio patching and termination panel a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. Patching jack Switch 400 EL scale ac input REL REF adjust Range selector Line Line indicator

201 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

224

SHIPBOARD COMMUNICATIONS QUALITY MONITORING SYSTEM (CONTD)


Signal generator a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. w. x. y. .9 Meter function Scale Meter Output problem annunciator Counter mode Frequency MHz Time base vernier Time base adjust RF on/off RF output Output level Fine tune Frequency tune Range Counter input FM Peak deviation FM input/output Modulation frequency AM input/output Modulation Audio output level Line AM Mechanical meter zero Questions ABF AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB ABF AB AB AB AB

224.1.8

AM-3729 audio frequency amplifier a. b. c. d. Pilot lamp Power switch Channel selector AF lever control

202 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

224

SHIPBOARD COMMUNICATIONS QUALITY MONITORING SYSTEM (CONTD)


Spectrum analyzer a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. j. k. l. m. n. o. p. q. r. s. t. u. v. w. x. y. z. aa. ab. ac. ad. ae. af. ag. ah. ai. aj. ak. al. am. Power switch (line on/line standby) Cal output (screwdriver adjust) Signal input (BNC) Center frequency Frequency span Start frequency Stop frequency Reference level Continuous/coarse/fine tune Step Instr present RES BW Video bandwidth Sweep time RF attenuation Peak search Marker center frequency Differential markers Marker zoom Marker signal track Frequency counter Logarithmic scale Linear scale Threshold Display Center frequency step size Continuous sweep Single sweep Free run Line Ext Video Level Full span instrument Recall Save Local OPS Normal key function Shift key function Questions ABF AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB

224.1.10

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 203 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

224
224.2 224.2.1

SHIPBOARD COMMUNICATIONS QUALITY MONITORING SYSTEM (CONTD)


PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [ref. a, ch. 3; ref. b, ch. 3; ref. c] What are the front panel control settings and sequence to activate and calibrate the following: [ref. a, ch. 3; ref. b, ch. 3; ref. c] a. b. c. d. .3 Distortion analyzer Display unit Signal generator Spectrum analyzer

.2

What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. b, ch. 5; ref. c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

224.3 224.4 224.5 224.5.1

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE None to be discussed. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [ref. d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

204 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

225 225 NETWORKING SYSTEMS


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 225.1 Applicable Networking Manufacturers Technical Manual (System specific) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. 225.1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ABCDGH ABCDGH ABCDGH ABCDGH AGH ABCDEGHI ABCDEGHI ABCDEGHI ADH ABGH ABCFG

LAN WAN MAN Servers Cable media Routers Switches HUB Topology NIC UPS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

205 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

225
225.2 225.2.1 .2

NETWORKING SYSTEMS (CONTD)


PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. a thru c] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

225.3 225.4 225.4.1

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. a thru c] a. b. c. .2 Temperature and humidity Fluctuation of power Loss of air-conditioning

How does this system interface with the following: [refs. a thru c] a. b. c. d. Message systems Tactical systems Logistic systems Personnel systems

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 225.5 225.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

206 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

226 226 INTEGRATED SHIPBOARD NETWORKING SYSTEM (ISNS)


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 226.1 ISNS System Administration Manual (SAG) Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment in your command, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. 226.1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 .12 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? What is the IP Address? Who is the Point of Contact? Questions ABCDEFGJ ABCDEFGJ ABCDEFGJ ABCDEFGJ ABCDEFGJ ABCDE ABCDE ABFG ABDFGJ ABDGJ ABDGJ ABDGJ

Domain Controller Exchange Server File Server Edge Switch Router MBT ABT Active Directory ISA DNS DHCP WINS

207 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

226
226.1.13 .14 .15 .16 .17 .18 .19 .20 .21 .22 .23 .24 .25 .26 .27 .28 .29 .30 .31 .32 .33 .34

INTEGRATED SHIPBOARD NETWORKING SYSTEM (ISNS) (CONTD)


Antivirus Intranet Web server INMPRO Veritas Backup Exec Backbone Switch UPS PDA SOMS NSIPS MEDWEB/TELERAD MT TM JATDI OOMA UMIDS NAVY CASH SKED NIAPS FEDLOG AMSRR SAMS IDS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Questions ABDFG ABDGJ ABCDEFGHJ A ABCDEFGJ ABCDEFGHI ABCG ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK ABGJK

226.2 226.2.1 .2

PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of the system and show the signal flow. [refs. a thru c] How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [refs. a, c] How does Email leave the network? [ref. a] How does web browsing work? [ref. a] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.3 .4 .5

208 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

226
226.3

INTEGRATED SHIPBOARD NETWORKING SYSTEM (ISNS) (CONTD)


PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed, answer the following questions: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where is the system monitored from? How is the system monitor accessed? Questions` ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

226.3.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9

Email outgoing queue Email incoming queue ISA Proxy Service status Edge Switch/ Backbone temperatures Free hard drive space Exchange core services Domain core services Free Memory Free Page file memory/Swap Space ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

226.4 226.4.1

SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. a thru c] a. b. c. Loss/fluctuation of power Loss of air-conditioning Atmospheric conditions

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 226.5 226.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

209 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

227 227 NAVAL TACTICAL COMMAND SUPPORT SYSTEMS (NTCSS)


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] Naval Tactical Command Support System (NTCSS), Systems Administration Guide NSN: 0913-LP-103-7093 Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref. a, ch. 2, app. A; ref. b] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What are the interlocks? Questions ABCDGHI ABCG ABCG ABCG ABCEFG ABCG ABG ABCG ABG ABG

227.1

227.1.1

NTCSS TAC 4 a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. CPU 8 MM cartridge tape system 4 MM DAT drive UPS Video display Keyboard with attached trackball Printers CD ROM drive RAID device

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

211 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

227
227.2 227.2.1

NAVAL TACTICAL COMMAND SUPPORT SYSTEMS (NTCSS) (CONTD)


PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [ref. a, ch. 2; ref. b] What is the sequence of component involvement to accomplish: [ref. b] a. b. c. .3 Power on Power off Normal operations

.2

What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. a, chs. 4, 5, app. B; ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

227.3 227.4 227.4.1

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [ref. b] a. b. c. .2 Temperature and humidity Fluctuation in ships electrical power Loss of air-conditioning

How does this system interface with the ships LAN? [ref. b] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

227.5 227.5.1

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. c, d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

212 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

228

228 GLOBAL COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM MARITIME (GCCS-M)

References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] 228.1 Global Command and Control System Maritime (GCCS-M) (Series Specific) Tech Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. 228.1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? What are the sub system components? Questions ABCDEFGHJ ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGHJ ABCDEFGHJ ABCDEFGHJ ABCDEFGHJ ABCDEFGH ABG ABG

HP 6000 HP 712/715 DII/COE UCP (JOTS1) ISDS (JOTS19) ITS (JOTS14) JMHS (JOTS12) UPS TDBM NETPREC

213 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

228

GLOBAL COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM MARITIME (GCCS-M) (CONTD)


Questions AB ABCDEFGHIJ

228.1.11 NAVMACS .12 TBMCS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 228.2 228.2.1 .2 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of the system. [refs. a, b]

How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [refs. a thru c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. a] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.3

228.3

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS For the items listed, answer the following questions: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. What is the normal operating value? What are the allowable operating limits? Where are the parameters sensed or monitored? What is the physical location of the indicators? Questions ABCD ABCD ABCD ABCD

228.3.1 .2 .3 .4

TDBM SCSI address for primary hard drive SCSI address for DAT Drive Disk space of Quickload server ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

214 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

228
228.4 228.4.1

GLOBAL COMMAND AND CONTROL SYSTEM MARITIME (GCCS-M) (CONTD)


SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. a thru c] a. b. Loss of NETPREC services Loss of Track Database Input

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 228.5 228.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

215 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

229 229 COMBINED ENTERPRISE REGIONAL INFORMATION EXCHANGE SYSTEM (CENTRIXS)

References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] CENTRIXS Tech Manual (Version specific) Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 229.1.1 a. b. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What protection is provided by this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? CENTRIXS Server Workstations Questions ABCDEFG ABCFG

229.1

______________________________ (Signature and Date)

217 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

229
229.2 229.2.1

COMBINED ENTERPRISE REGIONAL INFORMATION EXCHANGE SYSTEM (CENTRIXS) (CONTD)


PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of the system and show the signal flow for the following: [refs. b, c] a. b. .2 .3 Communication between multiple workstations System router

How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [ref. a] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. a] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

229.3 229.4 229.4.1

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [ref. b] a. b. .2 Loss of power Loss of ventilation

How does this system interface with the following: [ref. b] a. b. WINDOWS servers PC workstations

______________________________ (Signature and Date) 229.5 229.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

218 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

230 230 DEFENSE MESSAGING DISSEMINATION SYSTEM (DMDS)


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] 230.1 DMDS Users Guide (Version Specific) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [ref. a] A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 230.1.1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the probable indications if this component fails? What is the source of control signals? What is the function of each position? Questions ABCDEF AE ABE ABE ABDFEG ABGF AFE ABE ABE ABE ABE

DMDS System Database Manager Profile Profile Set FORTEZZA Card Key Words System logs Mail Services Profile Input Path Address Book CRL publication/Sync ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

219 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

230
230.2 230.2.1 .2

DEFENSE MESSAGING DISSEMINATION SYSTEM (DMDS) (CONTD)


PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [ref. a] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. a] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

230.3 230.4 230.4.1

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [refs. a, b] a. b. c. d. e. f. g. h. i. Public folders Mailbox Distribution lists Address Book Network DNS CRL updates NMCI DISA

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 230.5 230.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. c, d] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

220 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

231 231 COLLABORATION AT SEA (CAS) SYSTEM


References: [a] [b] [c] [d] [e] [f] [g] 231.1 Collaboration at Sea (CAS) Tech Manual Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual, Ch. 20 NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications, Ch. 8 2006 SPAWAR. C4ISR CD SIMP, FNG, AND MISC INFO SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND COMPONENT PARTS Referring to a standard print of this system or the actual equipment, identify the following system components and component parts and discuss the designated items for each: [refs. a thru c] A. B. C. D. E. F. 231.1.1 a. b. What is its function? Where is it located? What are the sources of power? What are the modes of operation or control? What are the safety/protective devices for this component/component part? What are the probable indications if this component fails? CAS server Workstations Questions ABCDEF ABCDEF

______________________________ (Signature and Date)

221 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

231
231.2 231.2.1

COLLABORATION AT SEA (CAS) SYSTEM (CONTD)


PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION Draw a diagram of the system and show the signal flow for the following: [ref. a, ch. 2; ref. b] a. b. .2 .3 Communication between multiple workstations System router

How do the components work together to achieve the systems function? [ref. c] What indications are received if the system is malfunctioning? [ref. a, ch. 3] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

231.3 231.4 231.4.1

PARAMETERS/OPERATING LIMITS None to be discussed. SYSTEM INTERFACE How do the following outside influences affect the operation of this system: [ref. b] a. b. .2 Loss of power Loss of ventilation

How does this system interface with the following: [ref. a, ch. 1] a. b. WINDOWS servers PC workstations

______________________________ (Signature and Date) 231.5 231.5.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS What safety precautions must be observed when operating this system? [refs. d, e] ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

222 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

300 300.1

INTRODUCTION TO WATCHSTATIONS INTRODUCTION


The Watchstation section of your PQS is where you get a chance to demonstrate to your Qualifier that you can put the knowledge you have gained in the previous sections to use. It allows you to practice the tasks required for your watchstation and to handle abnormal conditions and emergencies. Before starting your assigned tasks, you must complete the prerequisites that pertain to the performance of that particular task. Satisfactory completion of all prerequisites is required prior to achievement of final watchstation qualification.

300.2

FORMAT
Each watchstation in this section contains: A FINAL QUALIFICATION PAGE, which is used to obtain the required signatures for approval and recording of Final Qualification. PREREQUISITES, which are items that must be certified completed before you can begin qualification for a particular watchstation. Prerequisites may include schools, watchstation qualifications from other PQS books, and fundamentals, systems, or watchstation qualifications from this book. Prior to signing off each prerequisite line item, the Qualifier must verify completion from existing records. Record the date of actual completion, not the sign-off date. WATCHSTATION Performance, which is the practical factors portion of your qualification. The performance is broken down as follows: Tasks (routine operating tasks that are performed frequently) Infrequent Tasks Abnormal Conditions Emergencies Training Watches If there are multiple watchstations, a QUALIFICATION PROGRESS SUMMARY will appear at the end of the Standard.

223 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

300 300.3

INTRODUCTION TO WATCHSTATIONS (CONTD) OPERATING PROCEDURES


The PQS deliberately makes no attempt to specify the procedures to be used to complete a task or control or correct a casualty. The only proper sources of this information are the technical manuals, Engineering Operational Sequencing System (EOSS), Naval Air Training and Operating Procedures Standardization (NATOPS) or other policy-making documents prepared for a specific installation or a piece of equipment. Additionally, the level of accuracy required of a trainee may vary from school to school, ship to ship, and squadron to squadron based upon such factors as mission requirements. Thus, proficiency may be confirmed only through demonstrated performance at a level of competency sufficient to satisfy the Commanding Officer.

300.4

DISCUSSION ITEMS
Though actual performance of evolutions is always preferable to observation or discussion, some items listed in each watchstation may be too hazardous or time consuming to perform or simulate. Therefore, you may be required to discuss such items with your Qualifier.

300.5

NUMBERING
Each Final Qualification is assigned both a watchstation number and a NAVEDTRA Final Qualification number. The NAVEDTRA number is to be used for recording qualifications in service and training records.

300.6

HOW TO COMPLETE
After completing the required prerequisites applicable to a particular task, you may perform the task under the supervision of a qualified watchstander. If you satisfactorily perform the task and can explain each step, your Qualifier will sign you off for that task. After all line items have been completed, your Qualifier will verify Final Qualification by signing and dating the Final Qualification pages.

224 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 301 PUBLICATIONS CLERK

NAVEDTRA 43355-F

NAME______________________________

RATE/RANK____________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified PUBLICATIONS CLERK (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

225 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

WATCHSTATION 301 301 PUBLICATIONS CLERK


Estimated completion time: 2 weeks

301.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

301.1.1

FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 101 Safety Precautions

Completed ___________________________________ 38% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 102 Security

Completed ___________________________________ 17% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 104 Publications

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 105 Logs and Files

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 106 Media Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

227 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

301
301.2

PUBLICATIONS CLERK (CONTD)


TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABCDE

301.2.1

Enter and record updates/corrections to publications (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Accomplish page check against list of effective pages (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABE

.3

Report discrepancies to proper authority (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDE

.4

Destroy residue (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABE

228 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

301
301.2.5

PUBLICATIONS CLERK (CONTD)


Update watch-to-watch inventory ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Report completion to NWPL custodian/clerk ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Download electronic publication ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 19% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDE ABCDE Questions ABDE

301.3 301.4

INFREQUENT TASKS None to be discussed. ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEF

301.4.1

Failure to make timely publication corrections ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Failure to make publication corrections in sequential order ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEF

229 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

301
301.4.3

PUBLICATIONS CLERK (CONTD)


Failure to page check against new list of effective pages ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Failure to maintain record changes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Failure to denote authority for corrections ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Publication corrections not made with black ink ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Failure to replace worn/mutilated publications ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 12% OF WATCHSTATION. ACDEF AEF ABCDEF ABCDEF Questions ABCDEF

301.5

EMERGENCIES None to be discussed.

230 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

301
301.6 301.6.1

PUBLICATIONS CLERK (CONTD)


WATCHES PERFORM DUTIES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Publications Clerk (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 5% OF WATCHSTATION.

301.7 301.7.1

EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS

(OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

EXAMINATIONS

Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

231 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 302

NAVEDTRA 43355-F NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR
RATE/RANK____________________

NAME______________________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

233 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302

WATCHSTATION 302 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR
Estimated completion time: 8 weeks

302.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

302.1.1

FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 101 Safety Precautions

Completed ___________________________________ 15% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 102 Security

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 103 Power Distribution

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 105 Logs and Files

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 106 Media Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 107 Message Text Format/Handling

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

235 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302
302.1.1

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONTD)


108 Minimize

Completed ___________________________________ 5% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 109 Broadcast

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 110 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .2 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 201 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 302.2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions 302.2.1 Energize equipment: a. Set up AN/UYK-20(V) CPU ABCDEF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

236 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONTD)


b. Set up CTTY Questions ACDEF

302.2.1

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. Set up printer ACDEF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Set up RD-397(V)/U high speed paper tape reader/punch ACDEF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Set up ON-143(V)/USQ interconnecting group ACDEF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f. Set up AN/USH-26(V) CMTU or RD-396/U ABCDF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 Load TTY tape in RD-397(V)/U high speed paper tape reader/punch ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Prepare RD-397(V)/U for on-line operations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Mount appropriate system program in the AN/USH-26(U) CMTU or in the RD-396/U ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCEF ABCDEF

ABCF

237 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONTD)


Construct a complete paper tape CGL with NGL included ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Construct a separate paper tape CGL or NGL ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Load NAVMACS V-2 Program ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Duplicate program on magnetic tape ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Initiate the NAVMACS V-2 system: a. Specify the current system time ABF ABCF ABCF ABF Questions ABF

302.2.5

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Specify the SID ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

238 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONTD)


Questions Execute proper commands to parameter page 1: a. Place a CUP ABCF

302.2.10

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Place CDN ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. Specify CID ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Specify CSN ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Specify a broadcast circuit's traffic quality level (QRK) ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f. Specify handling of broadcast rerun messages as first-run messages (RRM)

ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) g. Specify whether broadcast or flash precedence rerun messages are to be printed

ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

239 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONTD)


Questions h. Specify whether broadcast non-addressed messages headings are to be printed

302.2.10

ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Execute proper commands to parameter page 3: a. Change SID ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Change the NOB ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. Change ARQ limit ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Specify the next OON ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Activate the link (CUP LK) ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

240 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONTD)


Questions Execute proper commands to parameter page 4: a. Place paper tape punch up (EUP) ABCF

302.2.12

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Place paper tape punch down (EDN) ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. Place tape punch in hold (HLD) ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Change security classification for afloat GATEGUARD ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Activate afloat GATEGUARD (EUP GG1) ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .13 Execute proper commands to parameter pages: a. Print individual system parameter pages ABF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Punch a copy of a system parameter page ABF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

241 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONTD)


Questions Execute proper commands for CGL: a. Load CGL ABCF

302.2.14

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Add addressee ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. Delete addressee ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Load the paper tape CGL ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Load the paper tape NGL ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f. Print and punch a copy of the CGL ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) g. Clear the CGL ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) h. Reload punched CGL ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 242 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONTD)


Questions Execute proper commands for LRL: a. Compose a free-form LRL ABCF

302.2.15

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Generate/reload a paper tape copy ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. Clear the LRL ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .16 Execute proper commands to system reports: a. Print a copy of the demand chronological report ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Print a copy of the queue status report ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .17 Execute proper commands for message retrieval: a. Retrieve a message by SMN to a printer ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

243 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONTD)


Questions Execute proper commands for outgoing circuit operation: a. Compose and transmit an OTO message ABCF

302.2.18

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Cancel the transmission of all OTO messages presently in the transmit queue ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. Change the link ARQ limit ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Place the link in EMCON status ABCDF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Place the link in hold status ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .19 Execute proper commands for wanted message list: a. Add three CIDs/CSNs ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Delete one CIS/CSN ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

244 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONTD)


c. Print a copy of the WML Questions ABCDF

302.2.19

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Clear all CIDs/CSNs ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .20 Execute proper commands to crash tape and load parameter pages into systems using crash tapes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .21 Cancel the present paper tape punch activity ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .22 Hold closeouts (day) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .23 Respond to system alerts ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .24 Respond to error notices ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .25 Perform system bypass for preventive maintenance ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCF ABCF

ABCF

245 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONTD)


Perform system restart and recovery ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .27 Load parameters page system data tape ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .28 Stop the system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 45% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCEF ABCEF Questions ABCEF

302.2.26

246 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302
302.3

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONTD)


INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters must be monitored? How are the monitored parameters changed by this infrequent task? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ABCDEFGH

302.3.1

Operate under EMCON ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Reset incoming/outgoing CSN and OTO numbers ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCEFGH

.3

Add a message to the WML ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION.

ABCEFGH

247 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302
302.4

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONTD)


ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEFG

302.4.1

HSPTR/P failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Printer failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.3

Level converter/patch panel failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.4

Cassette or cartridge failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.5

Message processing device failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

248 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONTD)


Broadcast failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 4% OF WATCHSTATION. Questions ABCDEFG

302.4.6

302.5 302.6 302.6.1

EMERGENCIES None to be discussed. WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 4% OF WATCHSTATION.

249 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

302
302.7 302.7.1

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR (CONTD)


EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

250 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 303

NAVEDTRA 43355-F NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR
RATE/RANK____________________

NAME______________________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

251 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

303

WATCHSTATION 303 NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR
Estimated completion time: 8 weeks

303.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

303.1.1

SCHOOLS: NAVMACS II System Administrator Course (A-101-0266) (RECOMMENDED) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

.2

FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 101 Safety Precautions

Completed ___________________________________ 17% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 102 Security

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 103 Power Distribution

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 105 Logs and Files

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

253 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

303
303.1.2

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONTD)


106 Media Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 107 Message Text Format/Handling

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 108 Minimize

Completed ___________________________________ 6% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 109 Broadcast

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 111 Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II)

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .4 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 202 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS II)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

254 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

303
303.2

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONTD)


TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABEG

303.2.1

Energize equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Shift from system Alpha to system Bravo ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCFG

.3

Load disk into VME chassis ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ACFG

.4

Load tape into the TAC-3 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABG

.5

Load disk in the file server processing unit ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABG

.6

Compose message from disk ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABG

255 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

303

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONTD)


Compose message on NAVMACS II ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Correct message from compose message window ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Cancel a composed message ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Release/transmit a composed message ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Prepare a readdressal message ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Review applications menu ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .13 Execute the proper commands for the COMM menu: a. Review control panel ABG ABG ABCG ABCDG ABG ABG Questions ABG

303.2.7

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Change status of circuit ABCFG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

256 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

303

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONTD)


c. View raw data of circuit Questions ABG

303.2.13

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Set EMCON to a circuit ABCEFG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Recycle associated crypto ABCEFG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f. Create full period termination circuit ABCDEFG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) g. Create floppy queue ABCDFG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) h. Create local area broadcast ABCDEFG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) i. Set radio day ABCFG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) j. Compose/transmit/cancel an OTO message ABCDFG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

257 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

303

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONTD)


k. Transmit released message Questions ABCDG

303.2.13

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) l. Retransmit a released message ABCDFG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .14 Generate the following reports and logs from the reports/logs menu: a. Message log ABG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. OPINT log ABG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. System log ABG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Section log ABG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Circuit summary report ABG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f. Duplicate message report ABG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

258 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

303

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONTD)


g. System configuration summary Questions ABG

303.2.14

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) h. Traffic summary report ABG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) i. Input status report for all circuits ABG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) j. Missing section report ABG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .15 Demonstrate knowledge of the following system commands: a. Host shutdown ABCEG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. System reboot ABCEG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. System halt ABCEG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

259 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

303

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONTD)


Distribute using case routing options ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .17. Distribute using office routing options ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .18 Redistribute a message previously routed by using the office routing option ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .19 Distribute a sectional message ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .20 Respond to system alerts ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .21 Display system status ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .22 Demonstrate the knowledge of the following: a. WML ABFG ABFG ABEFG ABFG ABFG Questions ABFG

303.2.16

ABFG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. WDL ABFG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 260 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

303

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONTD)


c. Auto-print database Questions ABFG

303.2.22

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Printer database ABFG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 36% OF WATCHSTATION. 303.3 INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. 303.3.1 What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What parameters must be monitored? How are the monitored parameters changed by this infrequent task? What conditions require this infrequent task? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ABCDEFGHI

Operate under EMCON ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Manually process broadcast traffic ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGI

.3

Prepare laser-jet printer for on-line operations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGI

261 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

303

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONTD)


Delete message from system log ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 3% OF WATCHSTATION. Questions ABCDEFG

303.3.4

303.4

ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEFGH

303.4.1

Paper jam in printer ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

VME chassis overheating ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.3

TAC-3 computer overheating ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.4

Loss of ac power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

262 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

303

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONTD)


Failure of UPS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Failure of TAC-3 computer ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Video display unit failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 File server processor unit failure ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 6% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH Questions ABCDEFGH

303.4.5

303.5 303.6 303.6.1

EMERGENCIES None to be discussed. WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II) Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 4% OF WATCHSTATION.

263 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

303
303.7 303.7.1

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR (CONTD)


EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

264 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 304

NAVEDTRA 43355-F COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR


RATE/RANK____________________

NAME______________________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

265 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304

WATCHSTATION 304 COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR


Estimated completion time: 5 weeks

304.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

304.1.1

PQS QUALIFICATIONS Electronic Key Material System (EKMS) (NAVEDTRA 43462-1A), 301 EKMS User Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

.2

FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 101 Safety Precautions

Completed ___________________________________ 16% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 102 Security

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 103 Power Distribution

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 104 Publications

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 105 Logs and Files

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

267 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304
304.1.2

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONTD)


106 Media

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 109 Broadcast

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 304.2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABCDEFG

304.2.1

Operate KG-84 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

268 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONTD)


Operate KG-83 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Operate KG-75 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Operate KY-58 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

304.2.2

269 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONTD)


Operate KWR-46/KWT-46 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Operate KY-57 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Operate KYV-5 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

304.2.5

270 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONTD)


Operate KGR-96 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Operate KY-68 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Operate KYK-13 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

304.2.8

271 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONTD)


Operate KOI-18 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Operate KYX-15 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .13 Operate KGV-11 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

304.2.11

272 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONTD)


Operate CYZ-10 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .15 Operate PYQ-10 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .16 Operate KG-40/KG-45 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

304.2.14

273 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONTD)


Operate KGV-8 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .18 Operate MD-1324 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .19 Operate KG-194 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

304.2.17

274 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONTD)


Operate KIV-7 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .21 Operate a KIV-19 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .22 Operate KG-175 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

304.2.20

275 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONTD)


Operate KG-250 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .24 Load DMR (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .25 Operate NES (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

304.2.23

276 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONTD)


Operate KG-95 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .27 Operate KGV-229 (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .28 Operate the following STS terminals: a. STU-III (3 times) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

304.2.26

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

277 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONTD)


b. SDD (3 times) Questions ABCDEFG

304.2.28

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. MMT (3 times) ABCDEFG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. STE (3 times) ABCDEFG

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

278 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONTD)


Conduct OTAT/OTAR (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .30 Perform tempest checks ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 68% OF WATCHSTATION. ABG Questions ABCDEFG

304.2.29

304.3

INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What is the alarm set point? What parameters must be monitored? How are the monitored parameters changed by this infrequent task? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions

304.3.1

Change crypto equipment settings to match circuit requirements ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGHI

279 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONTD)


Update STU/STE (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION. Questions ABCDFGHI

304.3.2

304.4

ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEFGH

304.4.1

Loss/fluctuation of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Improperly labeled fill devices ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.3

Restoral from loss of FACCON ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION.

ABCDEFGH

280 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

304
304.5 304.6 304.7 304.7.1

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (CONTD)


EMERGENCIES None to be discussed. WATCHES None. EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

281 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 305

NAVEDTRA 43355-F MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR


RATE/RANK____________________

NAME______________________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

283 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

305

WATCHSTATION 305 MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) WATCH SUPERVISOR


Estimated completion time: 8 weeks

305.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

305.1.1

WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 301 Publications Clerk

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 302 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 Operator

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 303 Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II) Operator

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 304 Communications Security (COMSEC) Equipment Operator

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .2 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 201 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2

Completed ___________________________________ 6% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

285 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

305
305.1.2

MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


202 Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II)

Completed ___________________________________ 6% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 207 Fleet Single-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type M)

Completed ___________________________________ 8% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 208 Fleet Multi-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type N)

Completed ___________________________________ 8% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 216 Satellite Information Exchange Subsystem (IXS)

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

286 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

305
305.2

MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABCG

305.2.1

Assign personnel to cover all watchstations (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Supervise watch-to-watch inventory (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCG

.3

Verify watch is familiar with current COMMPLAN, OPORDs, EMCON/HERO/RADHAZ restrictions, CIBs/CIAs, daily communications status messages/SOPs, and EAP (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCEG

.4

Conduct watchstation training with operators ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCG

287 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

305
305.2.5

MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


Initiate procedures to eliminate backlog ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Verify processing of messages requiring special handling ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Adhere to security policies ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Coordinate circuit restoration ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Maintain and review all applicable watch logs ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Maintain and review all ZBO logs ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Report abnormalities to appropriate authority ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Draft broadcast shifts/termination requests/ COMSPOTS/BSR/COMMSHIFTS (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABG ABG ABG ABCDEFG ABG ABCDFG Questions ABCDFG

ABG

288 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

305
305.2.13

MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


Supervise during general quarters ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .14 Supervise and evaluate shift operators ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .15 Coordinate system maintenance (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .16 Supervise backups ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 35% OF WATCHSTATION. ABG ABCDEFG ABG Questions ABCDEFG

305.3

INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ABCDEF

305.3.1

Supervise use of alternate message delivery methods

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 289 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

305
305.3.2

MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


Supervise during minimize conditions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Supervise during special circuit communications ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Supervise implementing emergency destruction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Coordinate hardware/software upgrade/repair ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 8% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF Questions ABCDEF

305.4

ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEFGH

305.4.1

Loss of classified material ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

290 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

305
305.4.2

MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


Loss of CMS material ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Improper watch-to-watch turnover ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Practices dangerous to security ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Unauthorized access to material/spaces ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Loss of air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Electrical power fluctuations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 11% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH Questions ABCDEFGH

291 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

305
305.5

MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What are the proper reporting procedures? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. Questions ABCDEFGH

305.5.1

Personnel casualties ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Equipment casualties ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.3

Fire ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.4

Flood ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 6% OF WATCHSTATION.

293 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

305
305.6 305.6.1

MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Information Watch Supervisor (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Completed .6 area comprises 5% of watchstation.

305.7 305.7.1

EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS

(OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

EXAMINATIONS

Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

294 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 306

NAVEDTRA 43355-F TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR


RATE/RANK____________________

NAME______________________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

295 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

306

WATCHSTATION 306 TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR


Estimated completion time: 4 weeks

306.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

306.1.1

WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 304 Communications Security (COMSEC) Equipment Operator

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .2 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 112 Antenna and Radio Wave Propagation

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 113 Voice Operations

Completed ___________________________________ 5% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

297 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

306
306.1.2

TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONTD)


114 Basic Circuits

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 115 Common Circuits

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 116 Distress Circuits

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 117 Portable Communications Equipment

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .3 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 203 SA-2112(V)/STQ Single Audio System (SAS) Red

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 204 SA-2112A(V)/STQ Single Audio System (SAS) Black

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 205 Automated Network Control Center (ANCC)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 206 AN/USQ-155(V)1 Tactical Variant Switch (TVS)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

298 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

306
306.1.3

TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONTD)


207 Fleet Single-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type M)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 208 Fleet Single-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type N)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 209 High Frequency (HF) Radio Teletypewriter Ship/Shore/Ship (Type D/G)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 210 Battle Force Email (BFEM)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 211 High Frequency (HF) Non-secure Voice (Type Y)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 212 High Frequency (HF) Secure Voice (Type S)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 213 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Radio Teletypwriter (Type B/C)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 214 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Non-secure Voice (Type U)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

299 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

306
306.1.3

TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONTD)


215 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Secure Voice (Type R)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 217 Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 224 Shipboard Communications Quality Monitoring

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 306.2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. 306.2.1 What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABCDEFG

Energize equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Tune equipment in auto and manual modes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.3

Patch and tune appropriate antenna coupler in automatic and manual modes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

300 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

306

TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONTD)


Patch required equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Set up frequency Hop set ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Channelize transceiver/coupler ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Set equipment for remote preset operations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 De-energize equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Verify proper system operation with end user ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Perform proper QC checks ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Verify chilled water system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

306.2.4

301 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

306
306.2.12

TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONTD)


Verify dry air system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 6% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCEFG

306.3

INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What parameters must be monitored? How are the monitored parameters changed by this infrequent task? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions

306.3.1

Operate equipment under various EMCON/HERO/RADHAZ conditions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 1% OF WATCHSTATION.

ABCDEFGH

302 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

306
306.4

TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONTD)


ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEFGH

306.4.1

Loss of equipment internal/external frequency standards ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Excessive equipment temperatures ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.3

Improper signal levels ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.4

Improper patching ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.5

Loss of primary external communications ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

303 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

306

TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONTD)


Loss/fluctuations of electrical power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Improper frequency selection/separation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Loss of couplers/matrix ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Blown fuses ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Open RF patch cord ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Loss of RF signal ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Improper coupler selection ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .13 Loss of chilled water/air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH Questions ABCDEFGH

306.4.6

304 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

306
306.4.14

TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONTD)


Loss of equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 9% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEFGH

306.5

EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. Questions ABCDEFG

306.5.1

Fire ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Flooding ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.3

Arcing in transmission system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.4

Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 3% OF WATCHSTATION.

ABCDEFG

305 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

306
306.6 306.6.1

TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR (CONTD)


WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Tactical Transmitter/Receiver/Transceiver Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 3% OF WATCHSTATION.

306.7 306.7.1

EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS

(OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

EXAMINATIONS

Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

306 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 307

NAVEDTRA 43355-F ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR
RATE/RANK____________________

NAME______________________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

307 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

307

WATCHSTATION 307 ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR
Estimated completion time: 4 weeks

307.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

307.1.1

WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 306 Tactical Transmitter/Receiver/Transceiver Operator

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .2 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 118 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM)

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .3 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 216 Satellite Information Exchange Subsystem (IXS)

Completed ___________________________________ 10% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

309 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

307
307.2

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABCEFG

307.2.1

Verify chilled water system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Verify dry air system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCEFG

.3

Energize equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.4

Verify navigation system input ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDFG

.5

Determine satellite to be used, channel, and frequency plan ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

310 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

307

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
Determine and adjust for proper azimuth/elevation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Verify 400Hz Power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Set up specified frequency/offset ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Load crypto equipment for 5kHz and/or 25kHz DAMA operations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Set up transceiver/modem/RFS/RF/IF baseband patching or digital switch ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Set transceiver front panel controls for proper operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Configure user interface GUI/HMI/RTI ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

307.2.6

ABCDEFG

ABCDEFG

311 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

307

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
Questions Update terminal PRESET as specified in OPTASK COMMS plan for radio terminal and service parameters (i.e. home channel up/downlink freq; receiver off; DAMA guard addresses; destination address; configuration code; I/O port service assignment) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .14 Conduct power calibration and balancing ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .15 Test key the transceiver on a non-DAMA test frequency ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .16 Check and adjust the PA RF forward power level ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .17 Check and adjust the antenna systems VSWR ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .18 Verify proper setup for TSN ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .19 Edit/Save an operational and backup channel TSN PRESET ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG

307.2.13

ABCDEFG

312 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

307

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
Perform TSN pre-launch steps to include the following: a. b. 25kHz DAMA link test 5kHz DAMA link quality threshold Questions ABCDEFG

307.2.20

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .21 Verify the ON-AIR TSN test ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .22 Operate the TD-1271 or MD-1324 (25kHz DAMA) in a single SATCOM WSC-3 configuration ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .23 Operate the TD-1271 or MD-1324 (25kHz DAMA) in a dual SATCOM WSC-3 configuration ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .24 Perform link test from the TD-1271 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .25 Bring up non-DAMA circuit ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .26 Create/Update SATCOM WSC-3 PRESET channelization ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDFG ABCDFG ABCDEFG

ABCDFG

ABCDFG

313 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

307

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
Demonstrate how to restore operations from a PRESET ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .28 Set up DAMA 25kHz voice ANDVT circuit ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .29 Set up non DAMA 5kHz voice ANDVT circuit ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .30 Configure and verify proper system operation of MD-1324/5khz/25khz DAMA/DMR circuit ABCDFG ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .31 Assume CCOW functions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .32 Verify proper system operation with end user ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 41% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEFG ABCDFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

307.2.27

314 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

307
307.3

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters must be monitored? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ABCDEF

307.3.1

Operate antennas in manual mode ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Operate in receive only mode ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 5% OF WATCHSTATION.

ABCDEF

315 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

307
307.4

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEFGH

307.4.1

Loss of signal ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Equipment malfunction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.3

Use of insufficient/excessive transmitting power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.4

Loss of chilled water ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.5

Loss of dry air ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

316 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

307

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
Loss of navigation system input ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Loss of 400Hz ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Antennae blockage ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 15% OF WATCHSTATION. Questions ABCDEFGH

307.4.6

.8

307.5

EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. Questions ABCDEFGH

307.5.1

Loss of equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

317 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

307

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
Fire ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Flooding ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Arcing in transmission system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 15% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

307.5.3

307.6 307.6.1

WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 12% OF WATCHSTATION

318 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

307
307.7 307.7.1

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

319 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 308

NAVEDTRA 43355-F EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR
RATE/RANK____________________

NAME______________________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

321 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

308

EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR


Estimated completion time: 6 weeks

308.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

308.1.1

WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 307 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

.2

FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 119 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) (AN/USC-38)

Completed ___________________________________ 17% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .3 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 218 AN/USC-38 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Completed ___________________________________ 9% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

323 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

308
308.2

EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABCEFG

308.2.1

Verify chilled water system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Verify dry air system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCEFG

.3

Energize equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.4

Verify navigation system input ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDFG

.5

Determine satellite to be used IAW ESP ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.6

Determine and adjust for proper azimuth/elevation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

324 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

308

EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
Set up all associated LDR/MDR nets ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Verify all LDR/MDR menus ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Set up NECC ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Set up TIP ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Verify proper system operation with end user ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Verify 400 Hz ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .13 Review EHF Service Plan ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG A CDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

308.2.7

COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 24% OF WATCHSTATION.

325 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

308
308.3

EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters must be monitored? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ABCDEF

308.3.1

Operate in receive only mode ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Configure Beam Managed net ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEF

.3

Activate Cross Band ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEF

.4

Add/Remove users from the net ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEF

.5

Load adaptation data ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEF

.6

Load unique black and red keys ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEF

326 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

308

EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
Load ephemeris data a. automatic b. manual ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Demonstrate the proper procedure for breaking the chain ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 17% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEF Questions ABCDEF

308.3.7

308.4

ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEFGH

308.4.1

Loss of signal ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Equipment malfunction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

327 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

308

EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
Loss of chilled water ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Loss of dry air ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Loss of 400 Hz ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Loss of navigation system input ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Loss of ephemeris data ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Loss of system and terminal data ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Unauthorized movement of spot beam ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Bust of apportionment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH Questions ABCDEFGH

308.4.3

COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 17% OF WATCHSTATION. 328 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

308
308.5

EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. Questions ABCDEFGH

308.5.1

Loss of equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 5% OF WATCHSTATION.

ABCDEFGH

329 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

308
308.6 308.6.1

EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (EHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 11% OF WATCHSTATION.

308.7 308.7.1

EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS

(OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

EXAMINATIONS

Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

330 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 309

NAVEDTRA 43355-F SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR
RATE/RANK____________________

NAME______________________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR(NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

331 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

309

SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR


Estimated completion time: 8 weeks

309.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

309.1.1

WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 308 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

.2

FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 120 Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM)

Completed ___________________________________ 9% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .3 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 219 Advanced Digital Multiplexing System (ADMS) ST-1000

Completed ___________________________________ 9% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 220 Link/2+

Completed___________________________________ 9% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 221 AN/WSC-6 Defense Satellite Communications System Set

Completed___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

333 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

309
309.1.3

SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
222 AN/WSC-8 Commercial Wideband Satellite Program

Completed___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 223 AN/USR-10(V) Global Broadcast System (GBS)

Completed___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 309.2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABCEFG

309.2.1

Verify chilled water system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Verify dry air system operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCEFG

.3

Verify 400 Hz ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.4

Energize equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

334 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

309

SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
Verify navigation system input ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Determine satellite to be used, channel, and frequency plan ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Determine and adjust for proper azimuth/elevation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Set up specified frequency/offset ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Set transceiver front panel controls for proper operation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Conduct power calibration and balancing ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Verify proper setup for AN/FCC-100 ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Verify proper setup for SHF modem ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDFG

309.2.5

335 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

309

SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
Verify proper system operation with terminating station ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .14 Perform the following BER tests on RF path and channels: a. b. c. Local loop Remote loop End to-end ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

309.2.13

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 24% OF WATCHSTATION. 309.3 INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters must be monitored? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ABCDEF

309.3.1

Operate in receive only mode ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION.

336 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

309
309.4

SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEFGH

309.4.1

Loss of signal ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Equipment malfunction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.3

Insufficient/excessive transmitting power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.4

Loss of chilled water ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.5

Loss of dry air ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

337 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

309

SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
Loss of navigation system input ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Loss of 400 Hz ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 12% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEFGH Questions ABCDEFGH

309.4.6

309.5

EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. Questions ABCDEFGH

309.5.1

Loss of equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 4% OF WATCHSTATION.

ABCDEFGH

338 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

309
309.6 309.6.1

SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR (CONTD)
WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 10% OF WATCHSTATION.

309.7 309.7.1

EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS

(OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

EXAMINATIONS

Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

339 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 310

NAVEDTRA 43355-F TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR


RATE/RANK____________________

NAME______________________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

341 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

WATCHSTATION 310 310 TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR


Estimated completion time: 8 weeks

310.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

310.1.1

SCHOOLS: Journeyman Communications Course (A-260-0057) (RECOMMENDED) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

.2

PQS QUALIFICATIONS: Automated Digital Network System (ADNS) (NAVEDTRA 43356) 300 Command Applicable Section

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .3 WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 301 Publications Clerk

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 304 Communications Security (COMSEC) Equipment Operator

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 306 Tactical Transmitter/Receiver/Transceiver Operator

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

343 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

310
310.1.3

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


307 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 308 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 309 Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .4 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 121 Emissions Control (EMCON)

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 122 Operations Orders (OPORD)

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .5 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 203 SA-2212(V)/STQ Single Audio system (SAS) (Red)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 204 SA-2212A(V)/STQ Single Audio system (SAS) (Black)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

344 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

310
310.1.5

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


205 Automated Network Control Center (ANCC)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 206 AN/USQ-155(V)1 Tactical Variant Switch (TVS)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 207 Fleet Single-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type M)

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 208 Fleet Multi-Channel Radio Teletypewriter Broadcast (Type N)

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 209 High Frequency (HF) Radio Teletypewriter Ship/Shore/Ship (Type D/G)

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 210 Battle Force Email (BFEM)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 211 High Frequency (HF) Non-secure Voice (Type Y)

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 212 High Frequency (HF) Secure Voice (Type S)

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

345 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

310
310.1.5

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


213 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Radio Teletypewriter (Type B/C)

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 214 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Non-secure Voice (Type U)

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 215 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Secure Voice (Type R)

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 216 Satellite Information Exchange Subsystem (IXS)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 217 Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 218 AN/USC-38 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 219 Advanced Digital Multiplexing System (ADMS) ST-1000

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 220 Link/2+

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

346 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

310
310.1.5

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


221 AN/WSC-6 Defense Satellite Communications System Set

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 222 AN/WSC-8 Commercial Wideband Satellite Program

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 223 AN/USR-10(V) Global Broadcast System (GBS)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 224 Shipboard Communications Quality Monitoring

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 310.2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABF

310.2.1

Verify and maintain status boards ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Construct and implement COMM plan ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABF

347 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

310
310.2.3

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


Conduct watch-to-watch inventory ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Conduct watch-to-watch CMS material/equipment inventory ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Ensure daily crypto restarts/OTAT/OTAR/destruction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Make appropriate log entries ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Inform CWO of pertinent information/problems ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Verify watch team is familiar with COMMPLAN, OPORDS, EMCON/HERO/RADHAZ/RIVERCITY restrictions, CIBs/SOPs, SAA, ESP, and emergency destruction plan ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Draft COMSPOT/SAR/AAR/GAR ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Conduct training for operators ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF ABCDEF ABF ABF ABCDEF ABF Questions ABF

ABCEF

348 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

310
310.2.11

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


Questions Instruct and monitor physical and transmission security of technical control watchstations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Verify quality control monitoring ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .13 Supervise allocation of communications equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 9% OF WATCHSTATION. ABEF ABF ABCDEF

310.3

INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters must be monitored? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ABCDEFGH

310.3.1

Supervise Guerrilla procedures ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Supervise portable communications equipment setup ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

349 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

310
310.3.3

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


Monitor proper us of GINGERBREAD procedures ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Monitor proper use of BEADWINDOW procedures ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Supervise OPAREA cutover ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Supervise set up of pier connectivity ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Supervise/Conduct inport/underway pre-checks ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 4% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH Questions ABCDEFGH

350 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

310
310.4

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEFGH

310.4.1

Adverse atmospheric conditions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Loss/fluctuations of electrical power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.3

Loss of any tactical circuit ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.4

Loss of CMS material ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

351 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

310
310.4.5

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


Loss of frequency standard ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Loss of antenna system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Loss of chilled water/air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 4% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH Questions ABCDEFGH

310.5

EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. B. C. D. E. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. Questions ABCDE

310.5.1

Fire ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Flooding ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDE

.3

Arcing in equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDE

352 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

310
310.5.4

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION. Questions ABCDE

310.6 310.6.1

WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Transmission System Technician (TST) Supervisor (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION.

310.7 310.7.1

EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS

(OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

EXAMINATIONS

Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

353 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 311 MEDIA CLERK


RATE/RANK____________________

NAVEDTRA 43

NAME______________________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified MEDIA CLERK (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

355 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

WATCHSTATION 311 311 MEDIA CLERK


Estimated completion time: 4 weeks 311.1 PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE
COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

311.1.1

FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 101 Security

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 102 Publications

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 105 Logs and Files

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 106 Media

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 123 Hardware and Software

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

357 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

311
311.2

MEDIA CLERK (CONTD)


TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABE

311.2.1

Ensure accuracy of input and output media labels ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Ensure proper storage of media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABE

.3

Clean and maintain media devices ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABDE

.4

Interpret and respond to errors ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABE

.5

Perform virus scan on incoming media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABE

.6

Declassify media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABDE

358 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

311
311.2.7

MEDIA CLERK (CONTD)


Format media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Serialize media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Maintain software user documentation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Conduct physical inventory of software media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Maintain software license agreement ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Maintain off-site storage of data files ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .13 Conduct physical inventory of magnetic media library ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 42% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCE ABCE ABE ABE ABE ABE Questions ABE

359 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

311
311.3

MEDIA CLERK (CONTD)


INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ABCDEF

311.3.1

Destroy media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Perform virus debug procedures ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Completed .3 area comprises 7% of watchstation.

ABCEF

311.4

ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What immediate action is required? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEF

311.4.1

Improperly labeled media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

360 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

311
311.4.2

MEDIA CLERK (CONTD)


Improperly destroyed effective media files and logs ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 7% OF WATCHSTATION. Questions ABCDEF

311.5

EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. Questions ABCDEFG

311.5.1

Virus infected media ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Compromise ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 7% OF WATCHSTATION.

ABCDEFG

361 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

311
311.6 311.6.1

MEDIA CLERK (CONTD)


WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Media Clerk (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 10% OF WATCHSTATION.

311.7 311.7.1

EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS

(OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

EXAMINATIONS

Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

362 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 312 HELPDESK TECHNICIAN

NAVEDTRA 43355-F

NAME______________________________

RATE/RANK____________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

363 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

WATCHSTATION 312 312 HELPDESK TECHNICIAN


Estimated completion time: 16 weeks

312.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

312.1.1

COURSES: Navy E-Learning: Hardware - Devices and System Components (14940 Part 1) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: Hardware - Installation and Troubleshooting (14941 Part 2) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: Hardware - Printers, Networks, and Protocols (14942 Part 3) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: OS Technologies - Installing (14943 Part 1) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: OS Technologies - Configuring and Managing (14944 Part 2) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: OS Technologies - Troubleshooting (14945 Part 3) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

365 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.1.1

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONTD)


Navy E-Learning: OS Technologies - Network Fundamentals (14946 Part 4) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Customer Service Manual (NAVEDTRA 14056) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .2 WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 311 Media Clerk

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .3 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 101 Safety Precautions

Completed ___________________________________ 11% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 103 Power Distribution

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 124 Networking

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

366 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.1.3

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONTD)


125 Defense Messaging System (DMS)

Completed ___________________________________ 16% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 126 Naval Tactical Command Support Systems (NTCSS)

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 127 Combined Enterprise Regional Information Exchange System (CENTRIXS)

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 128 Collaboration at Sea (CAS)

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 129 Global Command and Control System Maritime (GCCS-M)

Completed ___________________________________ 5% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .4 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 225 Networking

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 226 Integrated Shipboard Networking System (ISNS)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 227 Naval Tactical Command Support Systems (NTCSS)

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

367 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.1.4

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONTD)


228 Global Command and Control System Maritime (GCCS-M)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 229 Combined Enterprise Regional Information Exchange System (CENTRIXS)

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 230 Defense Messaging Dissemination System (DMDS)

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 231 Collaboration at Sea (CAS)

Completed ___________________________________ 2% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 312.2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABEF

312.2.1

Replace motherboard ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Install device driver ___________________________________ (Signature and Date

ABEF

368 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.2.3

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONTD)


Run Event Viewer and show application, security, and system logs ___________________________________ (Signature and Date .4 Show active applications, processes and performance using Task Manager ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Reseat RAM ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Replace power supply ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Replace CD-ROM or floppy drive ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Replace and clone HDD ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Install new NIC ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Terminate and replace RJ-45 connectors on CAT-5 cable ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABDEF ABEF ABEF ABEF ABEF ABEF Questions ABEF

ABEF

369 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.2.11

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONTD)


Power up computer system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Run check disk ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .13 Copy a file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .14 Defrag hard drive ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .15 Create a file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .16 Delete a file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .17 Rename a file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .18 Logoff the system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) AF AF AF AF ABCEF AF ABCF Questions AEF

370 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.2.19

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONTD)


Perform shutdown of the system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .20 Power up peripheral equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .21 Change printer cartridge ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .22 Print a file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .23 Print a test page ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .24 Cancel a print request ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .25 Show print queue ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .26 Map a printer ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABF AF ABF ABF AF ABEF ABEF Questions ABCDEF

371 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.2.27

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONTD)


Share a printer ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .28 Add computer to domain ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .29 Create new user and mailbox account ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .30 Reset users profile ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .31 Change users password ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .32 Unlock user account ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .33 Create and/or map Personal Outlook file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .34 Map a network drive ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABF ABF ABF ABF ABF ABF ABF Questions ABF

372 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.2.35

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONTD)


Change file permissions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .36 Demonstrate constant ping ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .37 Demonstrate basic knowledge of Windows CMD prompts (or UNIX equivalent) a. b. c. d. e. nslookup ipconfig ping traceroute netstat ABDF Questions ABF

ABEF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .38 Install software from PPL ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .39 Uninstall software ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .40 Install video card ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .41 Complete unassisted OS install ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF ABCEF ABCEF ABCEF

373 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.2.42

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONTD)


Complete a manual OS install ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .43 Install the latest security patches and software updates ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .44 Slipstream an installation package ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .45 Build a new clone disk ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 20% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF Questions ABCDEF

374 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.3

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONTD)


INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ACD

312.3.1

Change the system time/date ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Update and configure BIOS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCD

.3

Create system partitions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCD

.4

Respond to IO errors ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION.

ABCD

375 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.4

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONTD)


ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEFGH

312.4.1

Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Detection of a computer virus ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.3

Compromise of password ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.4

Loss of connectivity with servicing communications center ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.5

Non-delivery/late delivery of messages/e-mail ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

376 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.4.6

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONTD)


System/peripherals lockup/malfunction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 3% OF WATCHSTATION. Questions ABCDEFGH

312.5

EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. Questions ABCDEFG

312.5.1

Loss of electrical power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Fire/smoke/fumes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.3

Flooding of space ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.4

Loss of air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

377 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.5.5

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONTD)


Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 3% OF WATCHSTATION. Questions ABCDEFG

312.6 312.6.1

WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER INSTRUCTION: Helpdesk Tech (5 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

378 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

312
312.6.2

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN (CONTD)


STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Helpdesk Tech (5 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 5% OF WATCHSTATION.

312.7 312.7.1

EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS

(OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

EXAMINATIONS

Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

379 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 313 HELPDESK SUPERVISOR

NAVEDTRA 43355-F

NAME______________________________

RATE/RANK____________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified HELPDESK SUPERVISOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

381 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

WATCHSTATION 313 313 HELPDESK SUPERVISOR


Estimated completion time: 4 weeks

313.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

313.1.1

WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 312 Helpdesk Technician

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .2 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 107 Message Text Format/Handling

Completed ___________________________________ 25% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 130 Network Operations Center (NOC)

Completed ___________________________________ 8% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

383 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

313
313.2

HELPDESK SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ADEF

313.2.1

Assign trouble ticket to help desk technician ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Close trouble ticket in trouble ticket log/database ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

AEF

.3

Manage Helpdesk trouble ticket log/database ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABEF

.4

Maintain daily supervisor log ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

AEF

.5

Administer and supervise training ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

AEF

384 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

313
313.2.6

HELPDESK SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


Supervise Helpdesk technicians ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) Completed .2 area comprises 15% of watchstation. Questions ABCDF

313.3

INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ABCDEF

313.3.1

Report security violations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Maintain AIS hardware and software inventory ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEF

.3

Verify network layout and workstation requirements ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 8% OF WATCHSTATION.

AEF

385 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

313
313.4

HELPDESK SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEFGH

313.4.1

Computer virus ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Degraded/inoperable equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.3

Compromise of password ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.4

Loss of trouble ticket log ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 10% OF WATCHSTATION.

ABCDEFGH

386 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

313
313.5

HELPDESK SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. Questions ABCDEFG

313.5.1

Loss of electrical power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Fire/smoke/fumes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.3

Flooding of space ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.4

Loss of air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.5

Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 13% OF WATCHSTATION.

ABCDEFG

387 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

313
313.6 313.6.1

HELPDESK SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER INSTRUCTION: Helpdesk Supervisor (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Helpdesk Supervisor (5 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 21% OF WATCHSTATION.

388 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

313
313.7 313.7.1

HELPDESK SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

389 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 314

NAVEDTRA 43355-F DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR


RATE/RANK____________________

NAME______________________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

391 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

WATCHSTATION 314 314 DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR


Estimated completion time: 6 weeks

314.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

314.1.1

PQS QUALIFICATIONS: Electronic Key Material System (EKMS) (NAVEDTRA 43462-1A) 301 EKMS User Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

.2

WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 311 Media Clerk

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .3 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 101 Safety Precautions

Completed ___________________________________ 16% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 103 Power Distribution

Completed ___________________________________ 1% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

393 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

314
314.1.3

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONTD)


107 Message Text Format/Handling

Completed ___________________________________ 7% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 108 Minimize

Completed ___________________________________ 6% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 124 Networking

Completed ___________________________________ 4% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 125 Defense Messaging System (DMS)

Completed ___________________________________ 23% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) .4 SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 225 Networking

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 230 Defense Messaging Dissemination System (DMDS)

Completed ___________________________________ 3% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

394 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

314
314.2

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONTD)


TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions AEF

314.2.1

Power up peripheral equipment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Start up system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABEF

.3

Demonstrate different techniques for creating a new DMS message ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABF

.4

Demonstrate opening the Personal Address Book ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABDF

.5

Demonstrate the proper procedures for FORTEZZA Logon ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABF

.6

Demonstrate requesting Delivery and Read Receipt of DMS message ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABF

395 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

314
314.2.7

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONTD)


Demonstrate finding the MTS-ID ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Demonstrate Personal Address Book synchronization ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Demonstrate creating an Outlook profile ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Demonstrate loading and configuring Master Key Plus ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Demonstrate deleting the DMS security cache ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Demonstrate deleting the DMS from cache ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .13 Perform daily backups ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .14 Logoff the system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .15 Perform shutdown of the system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF AF ABCDEF ABF ABF ABDF ABDF ABF Questions ABF

396 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

314
314.2.16

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONTD)


Questions Perform the following MD functions: a. Add/delete users AF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Input messages manually ABF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. Input messages via automated system ABF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Route messages automatically ABCDF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Route messages manually ABCDF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f. Perform message search ABF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) g. Perform message trace ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) h. Add a recipient address to a message ABF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

397 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

314
314.2.16

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONTD)


i. Perform address lookup using DIT Questions ABDF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) j. Perform database maintenance ABCF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .17 Perform the following message processing functions: a. Verify completeness of outgoing messages ABF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Verify all addresses against DIT ABF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. Maintain message logs ABF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

398 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

314
314.2.17

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONTD)


d. Successfully logon with FORTEZZA Questions ABDF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Send signed and encrypted messages ABDF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f. Log MTS-ID of message ABF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) g. Deliver outgoing messages to designated circuits for transmission ABDF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .18 Submit DMS trouble ticket ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 23% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDF

399 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

314
314.3

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONTD)


INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ABCDEF

314.3.1

Process messages during minimize ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Process messages requiring special handling (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEF

.3

Change the system time/date ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 3% OF WATCHSTATION.

AEF

400 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

314
314.4

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONTD)


ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEFGH

314.4.1

Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Computer virus ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.3

Compromise of password ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.4

Loss of connectivity with servicing communications center ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

401 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

314
314.4.5

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONTD)


Loss of connectivity between AST and AIS ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Non-delivery/late delivery of messages ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 System/peripherals lockup/malfunction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 5% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEFGH ABCDEFGH Questions: ABCDEFGH

314.5

EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. Questions ABCDEFG

314.5.1

Loss of electrical power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Fire/smoke/fumes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

402 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

314
314.5.3

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONTD)


Flooding of space ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Loss of air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 4% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

314.6 314.6.1

WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Defense Messaging Systems (DMS) Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 2% OF WATCHSTATION.

403 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

314
314.7 314.7.1

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR (CONTD)


EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

404 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 315 NETWORK OPERATOR

NAVEDTRA 43355-F

NAME______________________________

RATE/RANK____________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified NETWORK OPERATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

405 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

WATCHSTATION 315 315 NETWORK OPERATOR


Estimated completion time: 8 weeks

315.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

315.1.1

COURSES: Navy E-Learning: Network + Pt 1 Media & Topologies (14181) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: Network+ Pt 2 Protocols (14182) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: Network+ Pt 3 Implementation (14183) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

.2

WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 313 Helpdesk Supervisor

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .3 FUNDAMENTALS FROM THIS PQS: 108 Minimize

Completed ___________________________________ 17% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date)

407 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

315
315.1.4

NETWORK OPERATOR (CONTD)


SYSTEMS FROM THIS PQS: 210 Battle Force Email (BFEM)

Completed ___________________________________ 8% of Watchstation (Qualifier and Date) 315.2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions AEF

315.2.1

Conduct daily backups ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Power up router/switch ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABEF

.3

Restore from a back up device (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEF

408 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

315
315.2.4

NETWORK OPERATOR (CONTD)


Perform daily system checks ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Logon the system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Logoff the system ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Perform system start up ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Perform system shut down ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Check router/switch interfaces ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Modify router/switch interfaces ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 TELNET/SSH into router/switch ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 28% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCEF ABCEF ABF ABCDEF ABCDEF AF AF Questions ABCDEF

409 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

315
315.3

NETWORK OPERATOR (CONTD)


INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ABCDEF

315.3.1

Reload router/switch configuration files ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Change/Verify router port status (2 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEF

.3

Change the system time/date ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 8% OF WATCHSTATION.

AEF

410 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

315
315.4

NETWORK OPERATOR (CONTD)


ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEFGH

315.4.1

Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Computer virus ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.3

Compromise of password ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.4

Loss of connectivity with servicing communications center ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.5

System/peripherals lockup/malfunction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 11% OF WATCHSTATION.

ABCDEFGH

411 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

315
315.5

NETWORK OPERATOR (CONTD)


EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. Questions ABCDEFG

315.5.1

Loss of electrical power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Fire/smoke/fumes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.3

Flooding of space ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.4

Loss of air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.5

Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 11% OF WATCHSTATION.

ABCDEFG

412 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

315
315.6 315.6.1

NETWORK OPERATOR (CONTD)


WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER INSTRUCTION: Network Operator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Network Operator (5 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 17% OF WATCHSTATION.

413 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

315
315.7 315.7.1

NETWORK OPERATOR (CONTD)


EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

414 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 316 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR

NAVEDTRA 43355-F

NAME______________________________

RATE/RANK____________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

415 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

WATCHSTATION 316 316 NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR


Estimated completion time: 12 weeks

316.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

316.1.1

SCHOOLS: Journeyman Network Course (JNC) (A-531-0046) (Recommended) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

.2

COURSES: Navy E-Learning: CompTIA Security+ Part 1 - Security Concepts (14804) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: CompTIA Security+ Part 2 - Communication Security (14805) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: CompTIA Security+ Part 3 - Infrastructure Security (14806) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) Navy E-Learning: CompTIA Security+ Part 4 - Cryptography and Operational Security (14807) Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

417 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

316
316.1.3

NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONTD)


OTHER: Pass COMPTIA Security+ exam to obtain DOD Level 1 access requirements Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) .4 WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 315 Network Operator

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 316.2 TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABEF

316.2.1

Manage daily/weekly backups ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Create router/switch configuration file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABEF

.3

Save/Copy router/switch configuration file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABEF

418 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

316
316.2.4

NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONTD)


Modify router/switch configuration file ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Modify router Access Control List ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Add, modify, delete user groups or domains ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) (Simulate Delete) .7 Create OU ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Set OU permissions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Create group policy ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Implement group policy ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .11 Create security group ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .12 Implement security group ABF ABF ABF ABF ABF ABF ABF ABCEF Questions ABEF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 419 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

316
316.2.13

NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONTD)


Create distribution group ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .14 Implement distribution group ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .15 Change owner of distribution group ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .16 Move an OU ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .17 Determine connectivity between a client and server ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .18 List/Modify host files ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .19 Reboot LAN servers ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .20 Verify network configuration ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABEF ABEF ABF ABF ABF ABF ABF Questions ABF

420 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

316
316.2.21

NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONTD)


Verify email configuration ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .22 Verify proxy configuration ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .23 Stop and start exchange services ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .24 Stop and start proxy services ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .25 Set River City conditions ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .26 Manage DHCP services ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .27 Manage DNS services ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .28 Manage WINS services ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABF ABF ABF ABF Questions ABF

421 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

316
316.2.29

NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONTD)


Manage VLANs ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .30 Monitor network status ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .31 Manage Exchange and Active Directory a. Add/delete/modify/move user ABCDEF ABCF Questions ABCDEF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) b. Add/delete/modify/move mailbox ABCDEF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) c. Create/implement Exchange policies ABCDEF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) d. Create/implement group policies ABCDEF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) e. Create/set permissions public folders ABCDEF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) f. Run Cleanup Agent ABCDEF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

422 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

316
316.2.31

NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONTD)


g. Enable/disable accounts/mailboxes Questions ABCDEF

___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .32 Perform remote access of network workstations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .33 Notify Chain of Command of degraded system performance ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .34 Load server software in a test environment ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .35 Create Active directory sites ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .36 Promote a server to domain controller (dcpromo) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .37 Create security templates ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .38 Load security templates into group policies ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .39 Verify user security settings via group policies ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) 423 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book. ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDF ABCDF

316
316.2.40

NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONTD)


Verify computer security settings via group policies ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .41 Verify security via gpresult ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .42 Verify security settings via Resultant Set of Policy ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .43 Disable unnecessary system services ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .44 Harden system security ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 59% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF Questions ABCDEF

316.3

INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ABDEF

316.3.1

Verify LAN card configuration ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

424 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

316
316.3.2

NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONTD)


Reload LAN server ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Perform software/security push ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Respond to INFOCON drills ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Respond to electronic spillage ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .6 Perform Exchange Information Store defragmentation ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Rebuild Information Store ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 11% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCEF ABCDEF ABCDEF ABCDEF AEF Questions ABCDEF

425 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

316
316.4

NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONTD)


ABNORMAL CONDITIONS For the abnormal conditions listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this condition affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? What follow-up action is required? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the corrective/immediate action for this abnormal condition. Questions ABCDEFGH

316.4.1

Loss of power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Computer virus ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.3

Compromise of password ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.4

Loss of connectivity with servicing communications center ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

.5

Non-delivery/late delivery of messages/e-mail ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFGH

426 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

316
316.4.6

NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONTD)


System/peripherals lockup/malfunction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .4 AREA COMPRISES 9% OF WATCHSTATION. Questions ABCDEFGH

316.5

EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. Questions ABCDEFG

316.5.1

Loss of electrical power ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Fire/smoke/fumes ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.3

Flooding of space ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.4

Loss of air-conditioning ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

427 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

316
316.5.5

NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONTD)


Electrical shock ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 7% OF WATCHSTATION. Questions ABCDEFG

316.6 316.6.1

WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER INSTRUCTION: Network Administrator (3 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

428 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

316
316.6.2

NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR (CONTD)


STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Network Administrator (6 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 14% OF WATCHSTATION.

316.7 316.7.1

EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS

(OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

EXAMINATIONS

Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

429 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 317

NAVEDTRA 43355-F INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR


RATE/RANK____________________

NAME______________________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR (NAVEDTRA 43355-F). RECOMMENDED________________________________________DATE______________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________DATE______________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________DATE______________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________DATE______________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________DATE______________

431 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

317

INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR


Estimated Completion Time: 8 weeks

317.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

317.1.1

Watchstations from this PQS: 301 Publications Clerk

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 314 Defense Messaging Systems (DMS) Operator

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 316 Network Administrator

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

433 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

317
317.2

INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABCDEF

317.2.1

Manage helpdesk operations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Manage network operations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEF

.3

Manage DMS operations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEF

.4

Maintain Master Station Log (or equivalent) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCF

.5

Utilize OPORDs/COMMPLANs/OPTASKs ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDF

434 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

317
317.2.6

INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


Correct reported discrepancies ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Maintain overall information security ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Monitor operation of all information watchstations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Make required reports to appropriate authority ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .10 Draft COMSPOT ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 43% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCF ABCDF ABCDEF ABCDEF Questions ABCDEF

317.3

INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ABCDEF

317.3.1

Execute emergency destruction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

435 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

317
317.3.2

INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


Implement EAP ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Submit battle readiness reports ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .4 Draft IP service request message ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .5 Develop and implement the disaster recovery/contingency plan ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 22% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEF ABCEF ABCDEF Questions ABCDEF

317.4 317.5

ABNORMAL CONDITIONS None to be discussed. EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. Questions ABCDEFG

317.5.1

Fire ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

436 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

317
317.5.2

INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


Flooding ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Personnel casualty ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 13% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

317.6 317.6.1

WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Information Watch Supervisor (5 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 22% OF WATCHSTATION.

437 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

317
317.7 317.7.1

INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR (CONTD)


EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS (OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .2 EXAMINATIONS Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

438 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

FINAL QUALIFICATION 318

NAVEDTRA 43355-F COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO)


RATE/RANK____________________

NAME______________________________

This page is to be used as a record of satisfactory completion of designated sections of the Personnel Qualification Standard (PQS). Only specified supervisors may signify completion of applicable sections either by written or oral examination, or by observation of performance. The examination or checkout need not cover every item; however, a sufficient number should be covered to demonstrate the examinees knowledge. Should supervisors give away their signatures, unnecessary difficulties can be expected in future routine operations. A copy of this completed page shall be kept in the individuals training jacket.

The trainee has completed all PQS requirements for this watchstation. Recommend designation as a qualified COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) (NAVEDTRA 43355-F).

RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Supervisor RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Division Officer RECOMMENDED________________________________________ Department Head QUALIFIED_____________________________________________ Commanding Officer or Designated Representative

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

DATE______________

SERVICE RECORD ENTRY________________________________ DATE______________

439 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

WATCHSTATION 318 318 COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO)


Estimated completion time: 4 weeks

318.1

PREREQUISITES FOR OPTIMUM TRAINING EFFECTIVENESS, THE FOLLOWING ITEMS SHOULD BE


COMPLETED PRIOR TO STARTING YOUR ASSIGNED TASKS BUT SHALL BE COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL WATCHSTATION QUALIFICATION.

318.1.1

PQS QUALIFICATIONS: Special Intelligence (SI) Afloat Communications (NAVEDTRA 43551-3A), 301 Special Intelligence (SI) Communications Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

318.1.2

WATCHSTATIONS FROM THIS PQS: 301 Publications Clerk

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 302 Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 303 Naval Modular Automated Communications System II (NAVMACS II) Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 304 Communications Security (COMSEC) Equipment Operator

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

441 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

318
318.1.2

COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) (CONTD)


305 Message Processing Center (MPC) Supervisor

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 306 Tactical Transmitter/Receiver/Transceiver Operator

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 307 Ultra High Frequency (UHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 308 Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 309 Super High Frequency (SHF) Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Systems Operator Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 310 Transmission System Technician (TST) Supervisor

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date) 317 Information Watch Supervisor

Completed ___________________________________ (Qualifier and Date)

442 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

318
318.2

COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) (CONTD)


TASKS For the tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What are the steps of this procedure? What are the reasons for each step? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What parameters/operating limits must be monitored? Satisfactorily perform this task. Questions ABCDEFG

318.2.1

Coordinate functions of MPC ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Coordinate functions of technical control ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.3

Coordinate functions of Information Systems ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

.4

Maintain Master Station log (or equivalent) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCFG

.5

Verify watch team is utilizing OPORDs/COMMPLANs/OPTASKs ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDFG

443 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

318
318.2.6

COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) (CONTD)


Correct reported discrepancies ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .7 Maintain overall security of spaces ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .8 Monitor operation of all watchstations ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .9 Make required reports to appropriate authority ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .2 AREA COMPRISES 45% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDG ABCDEFG ABCDEFG Questions ABCDEFG

318.3

INFREQUENT TASKS For the infrequent tasks listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. What are the steps of this procedure? What control/coordination is required? What means of communications are used? What safety precautions must be observed? What conditions require this infrequent task? Satisfactorily perform or simulate this infrequent task. Questions ABCDEF

318.3.1

Execute emergency destruction ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

444 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

318
318.3.2

COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) (CONTD)


Implement EAP ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) .3 Submit battle readiness reports ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .3 AREA COMPRISES 15% OF WATCHSTATION. ABCDEF Questions: ABCDEF

318.4 318.5

ABNORMAL CONDITIONS None to be discussed. EMERGENCIES For the emergencies listed below: A. B. C. D. E. F. G. What indications and alarms are received? What immediate action is required? What are the probable causes? What operating limitations are imposed? What other emergencies or malfunctions may occur if immediate action is not taken? How does this emergency affect other operations/equipment/watchstations? Satisfactorily perform or simulate the immediate action for this emergency. Questions ABCDEFG

318.5.1

Fire ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

Flooding ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

ABCDEFG

445 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

318
318.5.3

COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) (CONTD)


Personnel casualty ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .5 AREA COMPRISES 15% OF WATCHSTATION. Questions: ABCDEFG

318.6 318.6.1

WATCHES STAND THE FOLLOWING WATCHES UNDER QUALIFIED SUPERVISION: Communications Watch Officer (CWO) (5 times) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) ___________________________________ (Signature and Date) COMPLETED .6 AREA COMPRISES 25% OF WATCHSTATION.

317.8 317.8.1

EXAMINATIONS EXAMINATIONS

(OPTIONAL EXCEPT AS REQUIRED BY TYCOM/ISIC, ETC.) Pass a written examination ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

.2

EXAMINATIONS

Pass an oral examination board ___________________________________ (Signature and Date)

446 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

NAVEDTRA 43355-F QUALIFICATION PROGRESS SUMMARY FOR INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS (COMMON)
NAME_______________________________________ RATE/RANK_____________________

This qualification progress summary is used to track the progress of a trainee in the watchstations for this PQS and ensure awareness of remaining tasks. It should be kept by the individual or in the individual's training jacket and updated with an appropriate signature (Training Petty Officer, Division Officer, Senior Watch Officer, etc.) as watchstations are completed.

301

PUBLICATIONS CLERK Date_______________

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

302

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM (NAVMACS) V-2 OPERATOR Date_______________

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

303

NAVAL MODULAR AUTOMATED COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM II (NAVMACS II) OPERATOR Date_______________

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

304

COMMUNICATIONS SECURITY (COMSEC) EQUIPMENT OPERATOR Date_______________

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

447 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

QUALIFICATION PROGRESS SUMMARY FOR INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS (COMMON) (CONTD)

305

MESSAGE PROCESSING CENTER (MPC) SUPERVISOR Date_______________

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

306

TACTICAL TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER/TRANSCEIVER OPERATOR Date_______________

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

307

ULTRA HIGH FREQUENCY (UHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR Date_______________

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

308

EXTREMELY HIGH FREQUENCY (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR

(EHF)

SATELLITE

COMMUNICATIONS

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

Date_______________

309

SUPER HIGH FREQUENCY (SHF) SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS (SATCOM) SYSTEMS OPERATOR Date_______________

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

448 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

QUALIFICATION PROGRESS SUMMARY FOR INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS (COMMON) (CONTD)

310

TRANSMISSION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN (TST) SUPERVISOR Date_______________

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature) 311 MEDIA CLERK

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

Date_______________

312

HELPDESK TECHNICIAN Date_______________

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

313

HELPDESK SUPERVISOR Date_______________

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

314

DEFENSE MESSAGING SYSTEM (DMS) OPERATOR Date_______________

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

QUALIFICATION PROGRESS SUMMARY FOR INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS (COMMON) (CONTD)

315

NETWORK OPERATOR

449 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

Date_______________

316

NETWORK ADMINISTRATOR Date_______________

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

317

INFORMATION WATCH SUPERVISOR Date_______________

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

318

COMMUNICATIONS WATCH OFFICER (CWO) Date_______________

Completed ___________________________________ (Signature)

450 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

LIST OF REFERENCES USED IN THIS PQS


ACP 113(AF), Call Sign Book for Ships ACP 125(F), Communication Instructions Radiotelephone Procedures ACP 126 (C), Communications Instructions Teletypewriter (Teleprinter) Procedures ACP 131(F), Communications Instructions Operating Signals ACP 135 (E), Communications Instructions Distress and Rescue Procedures ACP 220, Multinational Videoconferencing Services ADMS ST-1000 System Administrators Guide, Rev. 8 AN/SRC-54, Single Channel Ground and Airborne Radio System (SINCGARS), Orientation and Familiarization Handbook Applicable KAO Manual Applicable Manufacturers Technical Manual Applicable SPAWAR Operator Handout CCNA: Cisco Certified Network Associate, Study Guide: 5th Edition, Exam 640-801, ISBN: 9780782143119 Combat System Operational Sequencing System (CSOSS) Defense Message Dissemination System Software User Manual DMS Home Page (https://www.dmshelp.navy.mil) EE100-TS-OMI-020/USQ-144B(V)2 AND USQ 144C(V)2, Automated Digital Network System (ADNS), Shipboard, AN/USQ-144B(V) 2 and AN/USQ-144C(V)2 EE107-AA-OMI-010/E110 SA 2112 CHG1, Operation and Maintenance Instructions, Switching Matrix, SA-2112 (V)/STQ EE111-AB-OMI-010/P610 SRA 56-57-58, Technical Manual, Organizational, Antenna Coupler Groups AN/SRA-56, AN/SRA-57, AN/SRA-58, Operation and Maintenance Instructions EE111-DA-OMI-010/OA-9123,OA-9277, Technical Manual, Operation and Maintenance Instructions for Antenna Coupler Groups OA-9123/SRC and OA-9277/SRC EE130-AG-HBK-010/156-3, USC-38 Satellite Communications-General, System Users Handbook EE130-AG-HBK-020/Volume 1, USC-38(V) Extremely High Frequency (EHF) Low Data Rate (LDR) and Medium Data Rate (MDR) System Users Handbook EE130-D8-IEM-010/010/USC-61(C), Interactive Electronic Technical Manual for the Digital Modular Radio (DMR) AN/USC-61(C) Organizational Level Operation and Maintenance Instructions EE131-BC-OMP-010/ANWSC-3, Vol. I, Operation and Maintenance Instructions, Satellite Communications Sets AN/WSC-3(V)2, (V)3, (V)6, (V)7, (V)8, (V)12, (V)13, (V)15, (V)17, (V)18 EE132-AN-MMO-010/AN/USQ-122A(V) Technical Manual, USQ-122(V) Data Terminal Set EE150-BK-OMI-010/AN/GRC-211, (Rev. 1), Maintenance Instructions, Radio Set, AN/GRC-211 EE150-FE-OMI-010/URT-23E, Radio Transmitting Set AN/URT-23E Operation and Maintenance Instructions EE150-FV-OMI-010/E110, Operation and Maintenance Instructions, Radio Transmitting Set, AN/URT-23(V)

451 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

EE160-GP-OMI-010/W151-USC-43, Technical Manual, Operator and Organizational Maintenance for Advanced Narrowband Digital Voice Terminal, AN/USC-43(V)1 through AN/USC-43(V)6 EE160-WA-OMP-010/W106-OK-454(V), Technical Manual, Control-Monitor Group Single DAMA, OK-454(V)/WSC EE162-AB-MMO-010/E110 CV2460, Operation and Maintenance Instructions, TelegraphTelephone Signal Converter CV-2460/SGC EE162-MA-MMC-010/W110-CB3510B, Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Technical Manual, AN/URA-17F Group Signal Data Converter Model CV-3501B/UG EE163-CA-OMI-010/E110FCC100, Operator's and Organizational Maintenance Manual, Multiplexer Sets AN/FCC-100(V)1 and AN/FC-100 (V)1X EE685-CM-SUM-010/NAVMACSII (HP) (Rev. 01), Naval Modular Automated Communications System II, (NAVMACS II), AN/SYQ-7A(V) & 7B(V) System User Manual, Volume 1, Operational Procedures and Instructions EE685-CM-SUM-020/NAVMACSII (HP) (Rev. 01), Naval Modular Automated Communications System II, (NAVMACS II), AN/SYQ-7A(V) & 7B(V) System User Manual, Volume 2, Appendices A-N EE685-DJ-SUM-010/NAVMACSII (HP), Naval Modular Automated Communications System II, (NAVMACS II), AN/SYQ-7A(V) & 7B(V) System User Manual EKMS 1A Phase 4, CMS Policy and Procedures for Navy Electronic Key Management System Tiers 2&3 ET822-AA-OMP-010/P630 SSQ88/88A, Installation, Operation, Troubleshooting, and Maintenance Instructions, Quality Monitoring Set AN/SSQ-88/88A FSCS-211-79-13-2B, UHF DAMA Operator OJT Handbook, Shipboard Guidelines for the Use and Operation of the TSEC/KW-46 Broadcast Security Equipment, KAO207B/TSEC Manual Local Battle Force Electronic Mail System Operating Manual Local EMCON Bill/Instruction Local Security Instructions Local Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) Local Subject Matter Expert Manufacturer's MSDOS Operating Guide Manufacturer's PC Operating Manual MDS/MDU User's Guide misd.ncr.disa.mil/misd Naval Tactical Command Support System (NTCSS), Systems Administration Manual NAVEDTRA 14182, Navy Electricity and Electronics Training Series, Module 10-Introduction to Wave Propagation, Transmission Lines, and Antennas NAVEDTRA 14194, Navy Electricity and Electronics Training Series Module 22--Introduction to Digital Computers NAVEDTRA 14222, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 1-Administration and Security NAVEDTRA 14223, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 2-Computer Systems

452 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

NAVEDTRA 14225, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 4-Communications Hardware NAVEDTRA 14226, Information Systems Technician Training Series, Module 5-Communications Center Operations NCTS 50C1012 OM-V2R11, Naval Modular Automated Communications System (NAVMACS) V-2 Operators Manual Networking All-in-One Desk Reference for Dummies, 2nd Edition Novells Complete Encyclopedia of Networking, ISBN: 0-7821-1290-0 NOW CBT NTP 2, Section 1 (E), Navy Super High Frequency Satellite Communications NTP 2, Section 2 (E), Navy Ultra High Frequency Satellite Communications NTP 2, Section 3 (B), Navy Extremely High Frequency Satellite Communications NTP 2, Section 4 (A), Navy Commercial Satellite Communications NTP 2, Section 5, Navy Satellite Communications (SATCOM) Broadcast Services NTP-2, Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Navy Super High Frequency Satellite Communications NTP 21(A), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Defense Message System Users Manual NTP 3 (K), Naval Telecommunications Users Manual (J), Telecommunications Users Manual NTP 4 (E), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Naval Communications NTP 6 (D), Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Spectrum Management Manual NTP 21 Supp-1, Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Defense Message System, X.500 Directory Distinguished Name (DN) and Mail List (ML) Registration Procedures NTP-22, Naval Telecommunications Procedures, Defense Message System Local Operations and Network Management Policies and Procedures NWP 3-21.0 (Rev A), Coordinated Submarine/Task Group Operations Manual NWP 5-01 (Rev. A), Naval Operational Planning NWP 6-01 (Rev. A), Basic Operational Communications Doctrine OPNAVINST 3120.32C, Standard Organization and Regulations of the U.S. Navy (SORM) OPNAVINST 3500.39B, Operational Risk Management (ORM) OPNAVINST 5100.19E, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat OPNAVINST 5100.23G, Navy Safety and Occupational Health (SOH) Program Manual OPNAVINST 5239.1B, Navy Information Assurance (IA) Program Own Ship's Antenna Radiation Patterns Own Ship's Antenna Systems R-2368B(V)1/URR Radio Receiver Instruction Manual SECNAVINST 5510.30A, Department of the Navy (DON) Personnel Security Program (PSP) Instruction SECNAVINST 5510.36, Department of the Navy (DON) Information Security Program (ISP) Regulation Ship's Electronic Casualty Plan SPAWAR 0967-LP-432-3030, Maintenance Manual, Radio Sets AN/VRC-12,-43,-44,-45,-46, -47,-48,-49, Vol. 1 SPAWAR 0967-LP-541-9010, Technical Manual, Operation and Maintenance Instructions, Receiving Set, Satellite Signal AN/SSR-1 and AN/SSR-1A

453 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

SPAWAR EE111-AD-OMI-010/P616 SRA CHG 1, Operation and Maintenance Instructions, Organizational, Antenna Coupler Groups AN/SRA-38,-39,-40,-49,-49A,-49B,-50 SPAWARINST 2700.1, Shipboard Quality Monitoring Control System Turboprep Users Manual, Windows, WIN95, WinNT, Version 2.02A-(3)N Upgrading and Repairing PCs, 17th Edition; ISBN: 0789734044

454 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

Personal Qualification Standard Feedback Form for NAVEDTRA 43355-F

From____________________________________________________ Date_______________ Via______________________________________________________Date_______________ Department Head Activity ______________________________________________________________________ Mailing Address_______________________________________________________________ Email Address ____________________________________________DSN_______________ PQS Title____________________________________________NAVEDTRA_______________ Section Affected_______________________________________________________________ Page Number(s)_______________________________________________________________

For faster response, you may e-mail your feedback to the PQS Development Group at: N741.pqs@cnet.navy.mil. Please include the above information so that we may better serve you.
Remarks/Recommendations (Use additional sheets if necessary):

455 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

(FOLD HERE)

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVY

___________________________ OFFICIAL BUSINESS

COMMANDING OFFICER CENTER FOR INFORMATION DOMINANCE N325 640 ROBERTS AVENUE CORRY STATION PENSACOLA FL 32511-5138

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------(FOLD HERE)

457 NOTE: Answers to questions in this standard may be classified. Handle accordingly if notes are made in this book.

S-ar putea să vă placă și